WO2019203333A1 - Solid electrolyte composition, sheet for all-solid secondary battery, all-solid secondary battery, and method of manufacturing sheet for all-solid secondary battery or all-solid secondary battery - Google Patents
Solid electrolyte composition, sheet for all-solid secondary battery, all-solid secondary battery, and method of manufacturing sheet for all-solid secondary battery or all-solid secondary battery Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2019203333A1 WO2019203333A1 PCT/JP2019/016722 JP2019016722W WO2019203333A1 WO 2019203333 A1 WO2019203333 A1 WO 2019203333A1 JP 2019016722 W JP2019016722 W JP 2019016722W WO 2019203333 A1 WO2019203333 A1 WO 2019203333A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- group
- solid electrolyte
- solid
- secondary battery
- active material
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01B—CABLES; CONDUCTORS; INSULATORS; SELECTION OF MATERIALS FOR THEIR CONDUCTIVE, INSULATING OR DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES
- H01B1/00—Conductors or conductive bodies characterised by the conductive materials; Selection of materials as conductors
- H01B1/06—Conductors or conductive bodies characterised by the conductive materials; Selection of materials as conductors mainly consisting of other non-metallic substances
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01B—CABLES; CONDUCTORS; INSULATORS; SELECTION OF MATERIALS FOR THEIR CONDUCTIVE, INSULATING OR DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES
- H01B1/00—Conductors or conductive bodies characterised by the conductive materials; Selection of materials as conductors
- H01B1/06—Conductors or conductive bodies characterised by the conductive materials; Selection of materials as conductors mainly consisting of other non-metallic substances
- H01B1/08—Conductors or conductive bodies characterised by the conductive materials; Selection of materials as conductors mainly consisting of other non-metallic substances oxides
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01B—CABLES; CONDUCTORS; INSULATORS; SELECTION OF MATERIALS FOR THEIR CONDUCTIVE, INSULATING OR DIELECTRIC PROPERTIES
- H01B1/00—Conductors or conductive bodies characterised by the conductive materials; Selection of materials as conductors
- H01B1/06—Conductors or conductive bodies characterised by the conductive materials; Selection of materials as conductors mainly consisting of other non-metallic substances
- H01B1/10—Conductors or conductive bodies characterised by the conductive materials; Selection of materials as conductors mainly consisting of other non-metallic substances sulfides
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/056—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes
- H01M10/0561—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes the electrolyte being constituted of inorganic materials only
- H01M10/0562—Solid materials
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/056—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes
- H01M10/0564—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes the electrolyte being constituted of organic materials only
- H01M10/0565—Polymeric materials, e.g. gel-type or solid-type
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/058—Construction or manufacture
- H01M10/0585—Construction or manufacture of accumulators having only flat construction elements, i.e. flat positive electrodes, flat negative electrodes and flat separators
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/62—Selection of inactive substances as ingredients for active masses, e.g. binders, fillers
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
- Y02E60/10—Energy storage using batteries
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P70/00—Climate change mitigation technologies in the production process for final industrial or consumer products
- Y02P70/50—Manufacturing or production processes characterised by the final manufactured product
Definitions
- the present invention relates to a solid electrolyte composition, an all-solid secondary battery sheet and an all-solid secondary battery, and a method for producing an all-solid secondary battery sheet or an all-solid secondary battery.
- a lithium ion secondary battery is a storage battery that has a negative electrode, a positive electrode, and an electrolyte sandwiched between the negative electrode and the positive electrode, and can be charged and discharged by reciprocating lithium ions between the two electrodes.
- an organic electrolytic solution has been used as an electrolyte in a lithium ion secondary battery.
- the organic electrolyte is liable to leak, and there is a possibility that a short circuit occurs inside the battery due to overcharge and overdischarge, resulting in ignition, and further improvement in reliability and safety is required. Under such circumstances, an all-solid secondary battery using an inorganic solid electrolyte instead of an organic electrolyte has been attracting attention.
- the all-solid-state secondary battery is composed of a solid negative electrode, electrolyte, and positive electrode, which can greatly improve safety and reliability, which are the problems of batteries using organic electrolytes, and can also extend the service life. It will be. Furthermore, the all-solid-state secondary battery can have a structure in which an electrode and an electrolyte are directly arranged in series. Therefore, it is possible to increase the energy density as compared with a secondary battery using an organic electrolyte, and application to an electric vehicle or a large storage battery is expected.
- the binding between solid particles such as inorganic solid electrolytes, the binding between the layers constituting the battery, and / or the binding between the active material layer and the current collector ( Hereinafter, it is also described as “binding property between solid particles”, etc.) to improve battery performance.
- the battery constituent layer of the negative electrode active material layer, the solid electrolyte layer, and the positive electrode active material layer contains an inorganic solid electrolyte and a binder (binder). It has been proposed to form with materials.
- Patent Document 1 includes a specific inorganic solid electrolyte, a binder particle having an average particle diameter of 10 nm or more and 50,000 nm or less and containing an ion conductive substance, and a dispersion medium.
- a solid electrolyte composition is described.
- Patent Document 2 describes an all-solid-state secondary battery slurry containing an inorganic solid electrolyte, an ion conductive polymer, an alkali metal salt, and an ether or / and ketone solvent having a boiling point of 100 to 250 ° C. Has been.
- this solid electrolyte composition as a material constituting the constituent layer, the obtained all-solid-state secondary battery has a uniform constituent layer and can extend the life of the battery.
- the present invention uses an all-solid-state secondary battery sheet as a material constituting the constituent layer of the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet, so that the obtained all-solid-state secondary battery sheet is bent at a small bending radius and wound into a roll. Even if it solves, it makes it a subject to provide the solid electrolyte composition which can make a solid electrolyte layer and / or an electrode active material layer hard to produce a damage.
- the present invention provides a solid electrolyte composition capable of realizing a reduction in resistance and an excellent discharge capacity in the obtained all-solid-state secondary battery by using it as a material constituting the constituent layer of the all-solid-state secondary battery. This is the issue.
- the present invention provides an all-solid-state secondary battery sheet and an all-solid-state secondary battery, and an all-solid-state secondary battery sheet and an all-solid-state secondary battery manufacturing method using this solid electrolyte composition. The task is to do.
- the inventors have dispersed an additive having a specific structure, a specific metal salt, a specific inorganic solid electrolyte, and a binder particle having a specific cross-linked structure in a dispersion medium.
- the above-mentioned damage can be made difficult to occur by forming a sheet for an all-solid secondary battery or a layer (constituting layer) constituting the all-solid-state secondary battery using the solid electrolyte composition. It has been found that even if it is in a state of being contained in the constituent layer without removing the additive, it is possible to impart excellent battery performance to the all-solid secondary battery.
- the present invention has been further studied based on these findings and has been completed.
- Conductivity of an additive represented by the following formula (1), a salt of a metal belonging to Group 1 or 2 of the periodic table, and an ion of a metal belonging to Group 1 or 2 of the periodic table A solid electrolyte composition comprising an inorganic solid electrolyte, binder particles containing a polymer having a partial structure represented by the following formula (2), and a dispersion medium.
- R 1 and R 2 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group.
- n represents an integer of 1 or more.
- X represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —S— or a single bond.
- R 1 and R 2 may combine with each other to form a ring.
- L 1 represents an alkylene group or an arylene group.
- Y represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P ( ⁇ O) (ORt) —, —C ( ⁇ O) —, —C ( ⁇ S) —.
- Rt is a divalent combination of at least two groups selected from —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P ( ⁇ O) (ORt) —, and C ( ⁇ O) —.
- a linking group is shown.
- Rs and Rt are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
- n is an integer of 2 or more, the repeating parts of -L 1 -Y- may be the same as or different from each other.
- s represents an integer of 2 to 20.
- R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- L 2 represents — (CH 2 ) t — or —C ( ⁇ O) —, and t represents an integer of 0 to 10.
- L 3 represents an s-valent linking group containing at least one of an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom. Wherein the carbon atoms constituting L 2 binds to the oxygen atom or nitrogen atom constituting L 3.
- ⁇ 6> The solid electrolyte composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 5>, wherein the polymer has a glass transition temperature of ⁇ 100 to 80 ° C. ⁇ 7> ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 6>, wherein the glass transition temperature of the mixture comprising the additive, the binder particles, and the metal salt contained in the solid electrolyte composition is ⁇ 120 to 40 ° C.
- the solid electrolyte composition described. ⁇ 8> The solid electrolyte composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 7>, wherein the polymer has at least one functional group selected from the following functional group group.
- [Functional group group] An acidic functional group, a basic functional group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed.
- An all solid state secondary battery comprising a positive electrode active material layer, a solid electrolyte layer, and a negative electrode active material layer in this order, All solids in which at least one of the positive electrode active material layer, the solid electrolyte layer, and the negative electrode active material layer is a layer composed of the solid electrolyte composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 11> Secondary battery.
- ⁇ 15> ⁇ 1>- ⁇ 11>
- the manufacturing method of an all-solid-state secondary battery which manufactures an all-solid-state secondary battery via the manufacturing method as described in ⁇ 15>.
- the obtained all-solid-state secondary battery sheet is bent at a small bending radius and wound into a roll. Even if the roll state is released, the solid electrolyte layer and / or the electrode active material layer can be hardly damaged.
- the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention as a material constituting the constituent layer of the all-solid secondary battery, it is possible to realize a reduction in resistance and an excellent discharge capacity in the obtained all-solid secondary battery.
- the all solid state secondary battery of the present invention has a low resistance and an excellent discharge capacity. Moreover, the manufacturing method of the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet
- a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
- acryl or “(meth) acryl” is simply described, it means acrylic and / or methacrylic.
- the indication of a compound is used to mean that the compound itself, its salt, and its ion are included.
- a substituent that does not specify substitution or non-substitution means that the group may have an appropriate substituent. This is also synonymous for compounds that do not specify substitution or non-substitution. Examples of such a substituent include the substituent T described later.
- the YYY group may further have a substituent.
- substituents, etc. when there are a plurality of substituents, linking groups, etc. (hereinafter referred to as substituents, etc.) indicated by specific symbols, or when a plurality of substituents etc. are specified simultaneously or alternatively, It means that a substituent etc. may mutually be same or different.
- substituents and the like when a plurality of substituents and the like are adjacent to each other, they may be connected to each other or condensed to form a ring.
- the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention includes an additive represented by the following formula (1), a salt of a metal belonging to Group 1 or 2 of the periodic table, and Group 1 or 2 of the periodic table.
- the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a molding material for an all-solid secondary battery sheet or a solid electrolyte layer or an active material layer of an all-solid secondary battery.
- the mode (mixing mode) containing the additive, the metal salt, the inorganic solid electrolyte, the binder particles, and the dispersion medium is not particularly limited.
- the components may be dispersed and may be present as a mixture in which some or all of the additives, metal salts, and binder particles are aggregated.
- This mixture may be a composite.
- the composite include an embodiment having a metal salt inside the polymer, which will be described later.
- the metal salt may be dissociated.
- the reason why the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention exhibits the above-mentioned effects is not yet clear, but is estimated as follows.
- the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention contains an additive, a metal salt, and binder particles in a dispersion medium in combination, thereby forming a sheet for an all-solid secondary battery or a constituent layer of an all-solid secondary battery.
- the additive When used as a material, the additive is retained in the constituent layer without being removed by volatilization or evaporation. Due to the presence of the additive in the constituent layer, the polymer constituting the binder particles having a specific structure (a structure composed of an s-valent linking group containing at least one kind of oxygen atom and nitrogen atom) has an appropriate flexibility.
- the ionic conductivity and the electronic conductivity in the above-mentioned constituent layer can be improved by making the properties of the polymer constituting the binder particles compatible with the wettability with respect to the solid component. Combined with these actions, when the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention is used to form the all-solid secondary battery sheet or the constituent layer of the all-solid secondary battery, the solid particles are firmly bound to each other. In addition, it is considered that the reduction in resistance due to good contact between the solid particles can be exhibited in a balanced manner, and the discharge capacity of the all-solid secondary battery can be improved.
- the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but the moisture content (also referred to as water content) is preferably 500 ppm or less, more preferably 200 ppm or less, and further preferably 100 ppm or less. It is preferably 50 ppm or less.
- the water content indicates the amount of water contained in the solid electrolyte composition (mass ratio with respect to the solid electrolyte composition). Specifically, the water content is filtered through a 0.02 ⁇ m membrane filter, and Karl Fischer titration is used. The measured value.
- An additive consists of a compound represented by following formula (1).
- R 1 and R 2 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group.
- n represents an integer of 1 or more.
- X represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —S— or a single bond.
- R 1 and R 2 may combine with each other to form a ring.
- L 1 represents an alkylene group or an arylene group.
- Y represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P ( ⁇ O) (ORt) —, —C ( ⁇ O) —, —C ( ⁇ S) —.
- L 1 and Y are not both alkylene groups. Y represents —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P ( ⁇ O) (ORt) —, —C ( ⁇ O) —, —C ( ⁇ S) —, or —O—.
- —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P ( ⁇ O) (ORt) — and C ( ⁇ O) — represent a divalent linking group in which at least two groups selected from the group are combined.
- Rs and Rt are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
- n is an integer of 2 or more, the repeating parts of -L 1 -Y- may be the same or different.
- X and Y are preferably the following combinations.
- X is —O—, Y is —O—, X is —S—, Y is —S—, X is alkylene, Y is —C ( ⁇ O) —O—, X is a single bond , Y is a combination of —O—C ( ⁇ O) —O—, X is an alkylene, and Y is a combination of —O—C ( ⁇ O) —O—.
- the alkyl group represented by R 1 and R 2 may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, i-propyl, t-butyl, pentyl and cyclohexyl, and methyl is preferred.
- the aryl group represented by R 1 and R 2 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, still more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl And naphthyl, and phenyl is preferred.
- the acyl group represented by R 1 and R 2 is preferably an alkylcarbonyl group or an arylcarbonyl group.
- the alkyl group of the alkylcarbonyl group is synonymous with the above alkyl group, and the preferred range is also the same.
- the aryl group of the arylcarbonyl group is synonymous with the above aryl group, and the preferred range is also the same.
- N is preferably an integer of 1 to 50, more preferably an integer of 1 to 20, and still more preferably 1 to 10.
- the alkylene group represented by X may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 and even more preferably 1 to 3. Specific examples of the alkylene group include methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene and cyclohexylene.
- the arylene group represented by X is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, still more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenylene and naphthylene. And phenylene is preferred.
- alkylene group and arylene group represented by L 1 are synonymous with the alkylene group and arylene group represented by X, and the preferred range is also the same.
- alkylene group and arylene group represented by Y are synonymous with the alkylene group and arylene group represented by X, and the preferred range is also the same.
- alkyl group and aryl group represented by Rs and Rt are synonymous with the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 1 and R 2 , and the preferred range is also the same.
- the molecular weight of the additive is preferably less than 10,000, more preferably 5,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less.
- the lower limit is preferably 50 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and still more preferably 150 or more.
- “molecular weight of the additive” means a mass average molecular weight.
- the mass average molecular weight / number average molecular weight (polydispersity index Mw / Mn) is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less, and even more preferably less than 3.
- the lower limit is preferably 1 or more.
- n1 represents an integer from 5 to the upper limit of n
- n2 has the same meaning as n.
- An additive may be used individually by 1 type and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
- solid content means the component which does not lose
- the content of the binder particles is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, more preferably 40 to 90% by mass, and further 55 to 85% by mass. preferable.
- the content ratio of the additive to the metal salt is preferably 1: 0.1 to 0.1: 1 by mass ratio, preferably 1: 0. More preferred is 3 to 0.3: 1, and further more preferred is 1: 0.5 to 0.5: 1.
- the content ratio is in the above range, the film strength can be further improved.
- the metal salt used in the present invention is preferably a metal salt usually used in this type of product, and more preferably a lithium salt. Specific examples of metal salts are described below.
- Inorganic lithium salts inorganic fluoride salts such as LiPF 6 , LiBF 4 , LiAsF 6 , LiSbF 6 , LiN (FSO 2 ) 2 ; perhalogenates such as LiClO 4 , LiBrO 4 , LiIO 4 ; LiAlCl inorganic chloride salts such as 4.
- Oxalatoborate salt lithium bis (oxalato) borate, lithium difluorooxalatoborate and the like.
- Inorganic sodium salts inorganic fluoride salts such as NaPF 6 , NaBF 4 , NaAsF 6 , NaSbF 6 , NaN (FSO 2 ) 2 ; perhalogenates such as NaClO 4 , NaBrO 4 , NaIO 4 ; NaAlCl inorganic chloride salts such as 4.
- Metal salts may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention contains an inorganic solid electrolyte.
- the inorganic solid electrolyte is an inorganic solid electrolyte
- the solid electrolyte is a solid electrolyte capable of moving ions inside. Since it does not contain organic substances as the main ion conductive material, organic solid electrolytes (polymer electrolytes typified by polyethylene oxide (PEO), etc., organics typified by lithium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide (LiTFSI), etc. It is clearly distinguished from the electrolyte salt).
- PEO polyethylene oxide
- LiTFSI lithium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide
- the inorganic solid electrolyte is solid in a steady state, it is not usually dissociated or released into cations and anions. In this respect, it is also clearly distinguished from an electrolyte or an inorganic electrolyte salt (such as LiPF 6 , LiBF 4 , lithium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide (LiFSI), LiCl, etc.) in which cations and anions are dissociated or liberated in the polymer. Is done.
- the inorganic solid electrolyte is not particularly limited as long as it has conductivity of ions of metals belonging to Group 1 or Group 2 of the periodic table, and generally does not have electron conductivity.
- the inorganic solid electrolyte preferably has lithium ion ionic conductivity.
- a solid electrolyte material usually used for an all-solid secondary battery can be appropriately selected and used.
- Typical examples of inorganic solid electrolytes include (i) sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolytes and (ii) oxide-based inorganic solid electrolytes.
- a sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte is preferably used from the viewpoint that a better interface can be formed between the active material and the inorganic solid electrolyte.
- the sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte contains a sulfur atom (S) and has ion conductivity of a metal belonging to Group 1 or Group 2 of the periodic table, and Those having electronic insulating properties are preferred.
- the sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte preferably contains at least Li, S and P as elements and has lithium ion conductivity. However, depending on the purpose or the case, other than Li, S and P may be used. An element may be included.
- Examples of the sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte include a lithium ion conductive inorganic solid electrolyte that satisfies the composition represented by the following formula (1).
- L represents an element selected from Li, Na and K, and Li is preferred.
- M represents an element selected from B, Zn, Sn, Si, Cu, Ga, Sb, Al, and Ge.
- A represents an element selected from I, Br, Cl and F.
- a1 to e1 indicate the composition ratio of each element, and a1: b1: c1: d1: e1 satisfies 1 to 12: 0 to 5: 1: 2 to 12: 0 to 10.
- a1 is preferably 1 to 9, and more preferably 1.5 to 7.5.
- b1 is preferably 0 to 3, and more preferably 0 to 1.
- d1 is preferably 2.5 to 10, and more preferably 3.0 to 8.5.
- e1 is preferably from 0 to 5, and more preferably from 0 to 3.
- composition ratio of each element can be controlled by adjusting the blending amount of the raw material compound when producing the sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte as described below.
- the sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte may be amorphous (glass) or crystallized (glass ceramic), or only a part may be crystallized.
- glass glass
- glass ceramic glass ceramic
- Li—PS system glass containing Li, P, and S or Li—PS system glass ceramics containing Li, P, and S can be used.
- the sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte includes, for example, lithium sulfide (Li 2 S), phosphorus sulfide (for example, diphosphorus pentasulfide (P 2 S 5 )), simple phosphorus, simple sulfur, sodium sulfide, hydrogen sulfide, lithium halide (for example, LiI, LiBr, LiCl) and a sulfide of the element represented by M (for example, SiS 2 , SnS, GeS 2 ) can be produced by reaction of at least two raw materials.
- Li 2 S lithium sulfide
- P 2 S 5 diphosphorus pentasulfide
- simple phosphorus simple sulfur
- sodium sulfide sodium sulfide
- hydrogen sulfide lithium halide
- a sulfide of the element represented by M for example, SiS 2 , SnS, GeS 2
- the ratio of Li 2 S to P 2 S 5 in the Li—PS system glass and Li—PS system glass ceramics is a molar ratio of Li 2 S: P 2 S 5 , preferably 60:40 to 90:10, more preferably 68:32 to 78:22.
- the lithium ion conductivity can be increased.
- the lithium ion conductivity can be preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 S / cm or more, more preferably 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 S / cm or more. Although there is no particular upper limit, it is practical that it is 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 1 S / cm or less.
- Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —LiCl, Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —H 2 S, Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —H 2 S—LiCl, Li 2 S—LiI—P 2 S 5 , Li 2 S—LiI—Li 2 O—P 2 S 5 , Li 2 S—LiBr—P 2 S 5 , Li 2 S—Li 2 O—P 2 S 5 , Li 2 S—Li 3 PO 4 —P 2 S 5 , Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —P 2 O 5 , Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —SiS 2 , Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —SiS 2- LiCl, Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —SnS, Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —Al 2 S 3 , Li 2 S—G
- Examples of a method for synthesizing a sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte material using such a raw material composition include an amorphization method.
- Examples of the amorphization method include a mechanical milling method, a solution method, and a melt quench method. This is because processing at room temperature is possible, and the manufacturing process can be simplified.
- the oxide-based inorganic solid electrolyte contains an oxygen atom (O) and has ionic conductivity of a metal belonging to Group 1 or Group 2 of the periodic table, and Those having electronic insulating properties are preferred.
- the oxide-based inorganic solid electrolyte preferably has an ionic conductivity of 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 S / cm or more, more preferably 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 6 S / cm or more, and 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 S. / Cm or more is particularly preferable.
- the upper limit is not particularly limited, but is practically 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 1 S / cm or less.
- Li xb La yb Zr zb M bb mb Onb (M bb is one or more elements selected from Al, Mg, Ca, Sr, V, Nb, Ta, Ti, Ge, In and Sn)
- Xb satisfies 5 ⁇ xb ⁇ 10
- yb satisfies 1 ⁇ yb ⁇ 4
- zb satisfies 1 ⁇ zb ⁇ 4
- mb satisfies 0 ⁇ mb ⁇ 2
- nb satisfies 5 ⁇ nb ⁇ 20
- Li xc B yc M cc zc Onc (M cc is one or more elements selected from C, S, Al, Si, Ga, Ge, In and
- Xc is 0 ⁇ xc ⁇ 5 Yc satisfies 0 ⁇ yc ⁇ 1, zc satisfies 0 ⁇ zc ⁇ 1, and nc satisfies 0 ⁇ nc ⁇ 6); Li xd (Al, Ga) yd (Ti, Ge) zd Si ad P md Ond (xd satisfies 1 ⁇ xd ⁇ 3, yd Satisfies 0 ⁇ yd ⁇ 1, zd satisfies 0 ⁇ zd ⁇ 2, ad satisfies 0 ⁇ ad ⁇ 1, md satisfies 1 ⁇ md ⁇ 7, and nd satisfies 3 ⁇ nd ⁇ 13.) Li (3-2xe) M ee xe D ee O (xe represents a number of 0 to 0.1, M ee represents a divalent metal atom, D e
- Li xg S yg O zg (xg satisfies 1 ⁇ xg ⁇ 3, yg satisfies 0 ⁇ yg ⁇ 2, and zg satisfies 1 ⁇ zg ⁇ 10); Li 3 BO 3 ; Li 3 BO 3 —Li 2 SO 4 ; Li 2 O-B 2 O 3 -P 2 O 5; Li 2 O-SiO 2 Li 6 BaLa 2 Ta 2 O 12 ; Li 3 PO (4-3 / 2w) N w (w is w ⁇ 1); LISICON Li 3.5 Zn 0.25 GeO with (Lithium super ionic conductor) type crystal structure 4 ; La 0.55 Li 0.35 TiO 3 having a perovskite-type crystal structure; LiTi 2 P 3 O 12 having a NASICON (Natrium super ionic conductor) type crystal structure; Li 1 + xh + yh (Al, Ge) xh (Ti, Ge) 2-xh Si y
- Li, P and O Phosphorus compounds containing Li, P and O are also desirable.
- lithium phosphate Li 3 PO 4
- LiPON obtained by substituting a part of oxygen of lithium phosphate with nitrogen
- LiPOD 1 (D 1 is preferably Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, And at least one element selected from Cu, Zr, Nb, Mo, Ru, Ag, Ta, W, Pt, and Au.
- LiA 1 ON (A 1 is one or more elements selected from Si, B, Ge, Al, C, and Ga) can be preferably used.
- the inorganic solid electrolyte is preferably a particle.
- the volume average particle diameter of the inorganic solid electrolyte is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 ⁇ m or more, and more preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or more. As an upper limit, it is preferable that it is 100 micrometers or less, and it is more preferable that it is 50 micrometers or less.
- the volume average particle size of the inorganic solid electrolyte is measured by the following procedure.
- the inorganic solid electrolyte particles are prepared by diluting a 1% by weight dispersion in water (heptane in the case of a substance unstable to water) in a 20 mL sample bottle.
- the diluted dispersion sample is irradiated with 1 kHz ultrasonic waves for 10 minutes and used immediately after that.
- a laser diffraction / scattering particle size distribution measuring apparatus LA-920 (trade name, manufactured by HORIBA)
- data acquisition was performed 50 times using a measurement quartz cell at a temperature of 25 ° C.
- JIS Z 8828 2013 “Particle Size Analysis—Dynamic Light Scattering Method” as necessary. Five samples are prepared for each level, and the average value is adopted.
- An inorganic solid electrolyte may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
- the mass (mg) (weight per unit area) of the inorganic solid electrolyte per unit area (cm 2 ) of the solid electrolyte layer is not particularly limited. It can be determined as appropriate according to the designed battery capacity, for example, 1 to 100 mg / cm 2 .
- the weight of the inorganic solid electrolyte is preferably the total amount of the active material and the inorganic solid electrolyte in the above range.
- the content of the inorganic solid electrolyte in the solid electrolyte composition is 5% by mass or more in terms of dispersion stability, reduction in interfacial resistance, and binding properties, with a total of 100% by mass of the additive and the total solid content.
- it is 70% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more.
- it is preferable that it is 99.9 mass% or less from the same viewpoint, It is more preferable that it is 99.5 mass% or less, It is especially preferable that it is 99 mass% or less.
- the total content of the active material and the inorganic solid electrolyte is preferably in the above range as the content of the inorganic solid electrolyte in the solid electrolyte composition.
- the polymer constituting the binder particles has a partial structure represented by the following formula (2).
- grains may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
- s represents an integer of 2 to 20.
- R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
- L 2 represents — (CH 2 ) t — or —C ( ⁇ O) —, and t represents an integer of 0 to 10.
- L 3 represents an s-valent linking group containing at least one of an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom.
- t is 0, L 2 is a single bond, and when t is an integer of 1 to 10 or when L 2 represents —C ( ⁇ O) —, the carbon atom constituting L 2 Is bonded to an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom constituting L 3 .
- S is preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
- the alkyl group represented by R 3 is synonymous with the alkyl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
- T is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably 1 or 2.
- the linking group represented by L 3 is an s-valent linking group containing at least one of an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom, and includes an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a carbonyl group, —N (R 4 ) —, an alkylene group, and an alkenylene group.
- R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
- the linking group may be any of chain, branched and cyclic, and the chain and cyclic linking groups may be bonded to a carbon atom constituting L 2 with an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom at the end of the molecular chain. preferable.
- the alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and the carbon number is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 2-12.
- Specific examples of the alkylene group include methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene, hexamethylene, cyclohexylene and dodecamethylene.
- the alkenylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and the carbon number is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 12, and further preferably 2 to 4.
- Specific examples of the alkenylene group include vinylene, propenylene, butenylene, 2-methylbutenylene and cyclohexylene.
- the arenetriyl group is preferably an arylene triyl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, more preferably an arenetriyl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, still more preferably an arenetriyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, benzene Triyl and naphthalene triyl are mentioned.
- the alkanetriyl group may be a chain, a ring, or a combination of a chain and a ring.
- the carbon number of the alkanetriyl group is preferably 1 to 16, more preferably 1 to 12, and particularly preferably 1 to 8. Examples include methanetriyl, ethanetriyl, propanetriyl, butanetriyl, t-butanetriyl, hexanetriyl and cyclohexanetriyl.
- alkanetriyl group in a combination of a chain type and a cyclic group means, for example, an alkanetriyl group containing a saturated alicyclic ring such as an alkanetriyl group in which a methanetriyl group and three cyclohexylene groups are combined. Means group.
- the alkanetetrayl group may be a chain, a ring, or a combination of a chain and a ring.
- the carbon number of the alkanetetrayl group is preferably 1 to 16, more preferably 1 to 12, and particularly preferably 1 to 8. Examples include methanetetrayl, ethanetetrayl, propanetetrayl, t-butanetetrayl and cyclohexanetetrayl.
- alkanetetrayl group in combination of chain and cyclic means, for example, an alkane containing a saturated alicyclic ring such as an alkanetetrayl group in which a methanetetrayl group and four cyclohexylene groups are combined.
- a tetrayl group is meant.
- R 4 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, and the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group has the same meaning as the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
- Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 3 include a linking group in which an oxygen atom and an alkylene group are combined, a linking group in which an imino group, an alkylene group, and an oxygen atom are combined, an oxygen atom, an alkylene group, and an alkenylene group. And a linking group in which an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, an imino group, and an alkylene group are combined.
- Specific examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below. In the following linking groups, “*” represents a bonding part. The same applies to the description of the trivalent to decavalent linking groups described later. Moreover, the structure shown in parentheses may be repeated.
- Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 3 include a linking group in which an alkanetriyl group and an oxygen atom are combined, a linking group in which an imino group, an alkylene group, and a nitrogen atom are combined, an isocyanurate group, and an oxygen atom. And a linking group combining an alkylene group and an isocyanurate group, and a linking group combining an arenetriyl group and an alkylene group. Specific examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below.
- the tetravalent linking group represented by L 3 includes, for example, a linking group combining an alkanetetrayl group and an oxygen atom, a linking group combining an imino group, an alkanetetrayl group, an oxygen atom and an alkylene group, and imino. And a linking group in which a group, an alkylene group, and a nitrogen atom are combined. Specific examples of the tetravalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below.
- Examples of the pentavalent linking group represented by L 3 include a linking group in which two alkanetetrayl groups and an oxygen atom are combined. Specific examples of the pentavalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below.
- the hexavalent linking group represented by L 3 includes, for example, a linking group in which two of the above trivalent linking groups and an oxygen atom are combined, and two of the above trivalent linking group and one of the above divalent linking groups. And a linking group in combination. Specific examples of the hexavalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below.
- Examples of the 10-valent linking group represented by L 3 include a linking group obtained by combining two pentavalent linking groups and one divalent linking group. Specific examples of the decavalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below.
- the polymer constituting the binder particles preferably has at least one structure represented by the following formula (3), and at least the structure represented by the following formula (4). It is more preferable to have one.
- the structure represented by the following formula (3) or (4) may be contained as a repeating unit in the polymer constituting the binder particles.
- R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and * represents a bonding part.
- R 5 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, and the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group has the same meaning as the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
- L 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group
- R 6 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. * Indicates a connecting part.
- R 6 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, and the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group has the same meaning as the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
- L 4 preferably represents a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include the divalent linking group represented by L 3 described above.
- the divalent linking group represented by L 4 is preferably an alkylene group, a combination of an alkylene group and an oxygen atom, or a combination of an alkylene group and —N (R 4 ) —.
- the alkylene group and —N (R 4 ) — those described for L 3 can be used.
- the molecular weight of L 3 is preferably 14 to 1000, more preferably 14 to 700, and still more preferably 14 to 500.
- the polymer constituting the binder particles preferably has at least one functional group selected from the following functional group group.
- the acidic functional group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a carboxylic acid group (—COOH), a sulfonic acid group (sulfo group: —SO 3 H), a phosphoric acid group (phospho group: —OPO (OH) 2 ), phosphone.
- An acid group and a phosphinic acid group are mentioned.
- the basic functional group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an amino group, a pyridyl group, an imino group, and an amidine.
- the alkoxysilyl group is not particularly limited, and is preferably an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methoxysilyl, ethoxysilyl, t-butoxysilyl, and cyclohexylsilyl.
- the aryl group is not particularly limited and is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include phenyl and naphthyl.
- the ring of the aryl group is preferably a single ring or a ring in which two rings are condensed.
- the heteroaryl group is not particularly limited and preferably has a 4- to 10-membered heterocycle. The number of carbon atoms constituting the heterocycle is preferably 3 to 9.
- hetero atom which comprises a heterocyclic ring
- an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom are mentioned, for example.
- Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include thiophene, furan, pyrrole and imidazole.
- the hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed is not particularly limited as long as it is a hydrocarbon ring other than the above aryl group, and the hydrocarbon ring is a ring group in which three or more rings are condensed.
- the condensed hydrocarbon ring include a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring (benzene ring).
- the hydrocarbon ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
- the hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed includes three or more condensed ring groups including at least one aromatic hydrocarbon ring, or 3 saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon rings or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon rings.
- a ring group condensed with a ring or more is preferred.
- the number of condensed rings is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 8 rings, and more preferably 3 to 5 rings.
- the ring group condensed with three or more rings including at least one aromatic hydrocarbon ring is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include anthracene, phenanthracene, pyrene, tetracene, tetraphen, chrysene, triphenylene, pentacene, pentaphen, perylene, Examples thereof include a cyclic group composed of pyrene, benzo [a] pyrene, coronene, anthanthrene, corannulene, obalene, graphene, cycloparaphenylene, polyparaphenylene, or cyclophene.
- the ring group in which three or more saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon rings or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are condensed is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a ring group made of a compound having a steroid skeleton.
- the compound having a steroid skeleton include cholesterol, ergosterol, testosterone, estradiol, aldosterol, aldosterone, hydrocortisone, stigmasterol, thymosterol, lanosterol, 7-dehydrodesmosterol, 7-dehydrocholesterol, colanic acid, and chole
- Examples include cyclic groups composed of compounds of acid, lithocholic acid, deoxycholic acid, sodium deoxycholic acid, lithium deoxycholic acid, hyodeoxycholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, hokecholic acid or hyocholic acid. .
- the functional group can further reinforce the binding function between the solid particles produced by the binder particles by interacting with the solid particles.
- This interaction is not particularly limited, but is, for example, due to a hydrogen bond, due to an acid-base ionic bond, due to a covalent bond, due to a ⁇ - ⁇ interaction due to an aromatic ring, or due to a hydrophobic-hydrophobic interaction Etc.
- the solid particles and the binder particles are adsorbed by one or more of the above interactions depending on the type of functional group and the type of particles described above.
- the chemical structure of the functional group may or may not change.
- the functional group usually does not change and the structure is maintained as it is.
- the active hydrogen such as a carboxylic acid group is usually released as an anion (the functional group is changed) to bind to the inorganic solid electrolyte.
- Carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, phosphoric acid groups, hydroxy groups, cyano groups, and alkoxysilyl groups are preferably adsorbed to the positive electrode active material and the inorganic solid electrolyte.
- a carboxylic acid group is particularly preferred.
- an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed are preferably adsorbed.
- a hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed is particularly preferable.
- the functional group may be present in any of the main chain, side chain, or terminal of the polymer, but is more preferably introduced into the side chain or the terminal thereof.
- the number of functional groups possessed by the polymer may be at least one, but is preferably two or more. Specifically, it depends on the content (mol) of the component having the functional group and the number of moles of the polymer. It is determined.
- the method for introducing the functional group into the polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method for polymerizing a compound having the functional group, a method for substituting a hydrogen atom in the polymer with the functional group, and the like.
- the glass transition temperature of the polymer constituting the binder particles is preferably ⁇ 100 to 80 ° C., more preferably ⁇ 90 to 60 ° C., and further preferably ⁇ 80 to 40 ° C.
- the glass transition temperature of the mixture comprising the additive, the binder particles, and the metal salt is preferably ⁇ 120 to 40 ° C., more preferably ⁇ 100 to 30 ° C., and further preferably ⁇ 90 to 20 ° C. This is because when the glass transition temperature is in the above range, the film strength of the sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention can be further improved.
- the preparation method of the said mixture is mentioned later.
- the glass transition temperature (Tg) is measured under the following conditions by using a differential scanning calorimeter: X-DSC7000 (trade name, manufactured by SII Nanotechnology) using binder particles or a dried sample of the above mixture. The measurement is performed twice on the same sample, and the second measurement result is adopted. Measurement chamber atmosphere: nitrogen gas (50 mL / min) Temperature increase rate: 5 ° C / min Measurement start temperature: -150 ° C Measurement end temperature: 200 ° C Sample pan: Aluminum pan Mass of measurement sample: 5 mg Calculation of Tg: Tg is calculated by rounding off the decimal point of the intermediate temperature between the descent start point and descent end point of the DSC chart.
- the active material layer or the solid electrolyte layer is placed in water to disperse the material, followed by filtration, and the remaining solid And the glass transition temperature is measured by the above-described measurement method.
- the mass average molecular weight of the polymer constituting the binder particles is not particularly limited. For example, 10,000 or more are preferable, 15,000 or more are more preferable, and 20,000 or more are more preferable. As an upper limit, 1,000,000 or less is preferable, 800,000 is more preferable, and 500,000 or less is still more preferable.
- the molecular weight of the polymer refers to the weight average molecular weight
- the molecular weight of the macromonomer refers to the number average molecular weight
- the weight average molecular weight or number average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene is measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC).
- the measurement method is basically a value measured by the following condition 1 or condition 2 (priority) method. However, an appropriate eluent may be selected and used depending on the polymer type.
- combining the polymer which comprises a binder particle is demonstrated.
- Each monomer demonstrated below may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
- For the synthesis of the polymer constituting the binder particles at least a monomer represented by the following formula (2a) is used.
- the parentheses D-2 mean that the structure in the parentheses is a repeating unit, and the number of repetitions is 2-30.
- the polymer constituting the binder particles may be synthesized from the monomer represented by the formula (2a), and may have a monomer-derived component described below as a copolymerization component.
- monomer-derived components include the following monomer (c) and macromonomer.
- the monomer (c) is preferably a monomer having one polymerizable unsaturated bond, and for example, various vinyl monomers and acrylic monomers can be applied. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an acrylic monomer. More preferably, a monomer selected from (meth) acrylic acid monomers, (meth) acrylic acid ester monomers, and (meth) acrylonitrile is used.
- the vinyl monomer is preferably one represented by the following formula (c-1).
- R 7 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms). More preferably, 2 to 6 are particularly preferred), an alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6), or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, 6 To 14 are more preferable). Of these, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is preferable, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is more preferable.
- R 8 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms).
- Aryl group preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms
- aralkyl group preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 15 carbon atoms
- cyano group carboxy group, hydroxy group, thiol Group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group, phosphonic acid group, aliphatic heterocyclic group containing oxygen atom (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6), or amino group
- NR N 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms according to the definition described later.
- R 8 may further have a substituent T described later.
- a carboxy group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, etc.), a hydroxy group, an alkyl group and the like may be substituted.
- the carboxy group, hydroxy group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group, and phosphonic acid group may be esterified with, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- the aliphatic heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom is preferably an epoxy group-containing group, an oxetane group-containing group, a tetrahydrofuryl group-containing group, or the like.
- L 5 is an arbitrary linking group, and examples of the linking group L described later can be given. Specifically, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 (preferably 1 to 3) carbon atoms, an alkenylene group having 2 to 6 (preferably 2 to 3) carbon atoms, and 6 to 24 (preferably 6 to 10) carbon atoms. Arylene group, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, imino group (NR N ), carbonyl group, phosphate linking group (—O—P (OH) (O) —O—), phosphonic acid linking group (—P (OH) ( And groups relating to O)-O-), or combinations thereof.
- the linking group may have an arbitrary substituent. The preferable number of connecting atoms and the number of connecting atoms are the same as described later.
- the substituent T is mentioned, For example, an alkyl group or a halogen atom is mentioned.
- M is 0 or 1.
- acrylic monomer in addition to the above (c-1), those represented by the following formula (c-2) or (c-3) are preferable.
- R 7 and m are as defined in the above formula (c-1).
- R 9 has the same meaning as R 8 .
- preferred examples thereof include a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a carboxy group, a thiol group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, an aliphatic heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom, and an amino group (NR N 2 ).
- L 6 is an arbitrary linking group, and is preferably an example of L 5 , an oxygen atom, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 3), or a group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms).
- L 7 is a linking group, and an example of L 6 is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 6 (preferably 1 to 3) carbon atoms is more preferable.
- m represents an integer of 1 to 20, preferably an integer of 1 to 15, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 10.
- any group that may take a substituent such as an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylene group, or an arylene group may be substituted as long as the effects of the present invention are maintained. It may have a group.
- the optional substituent include a substituent T, and specifically include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a thiol group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryloyl group, and an aryl group.
- V in the following formula represents 1 to 90.
- the macromonomer has a number average molecular weight of 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, and particularly preferably 3,000 or more.
- the upper limit is preferably 500,000 or less, more preferably 100,000 or less, and particularly preferably 30,000 or less.
- the SP value of the macromonomer is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 9.5 or less. Although there is no particular lower limit, it is practical that it is 5 or more.
- the SP value is obtained by the Hoy method (HL Hoy Journal of Paining, 1970, Vol. 42, 76-118). The SP value is shown with the unit omitted, but the unit is cal 1/2 cm ⁇ 3/2 .
- the main chain of the side chain component of the macromonomer is not particularly limited, and a normal polymer component can be applied.
- the macromonomer preferably has a polymerizable unsaturated bond, and can have, for example, various vinyl groups or (meth) acryloyl groups. In the present invention, it is preferable to have a (meth) acryloyl group.
- the macromonomer preferably contains a repeating unit derived from a monomer selected from a (meth) acrylic acid monomer, a (meth) acrylic acid ester monomer, and (meth) acrylonitrile.
- the macromonomer includes a polymerizable double bond and a linear hydrocarbon structural unit S having 6 or more carbon atoms (preferably an alkylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 8 to 24 carbon atoms). ) Is preferably included.
- the above macromonomer preferably has a moiety represented by the following formula (c-11).
- R 10 has the same meaning as R 7 . * Is a connecting part.
- the above macromonomer preferably has a moiety represented by the following formulas (c-12a) to (c-12c). Hereinafter, these sites may be referred to as “specific polymerizable sites”.
- R b2 has the same meaning as R 7 .
- RN has the same definition as the substituent T described later.
- An arbitrary substituent T may be substituted on the benzene ring of the formulas (c-12c), (c-13c), and (c-14c).
- the structure part present at the end of the bond part of * is not particularly limited as long as the molecular weight as a macromonomer is satisfied, but a structure part composed of a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, and a hydrogen atom is preferable. At this time, it may have a substituent T, and may have, for example, a halogen atom (fluorine atom).
- the macromonomer is preferably a compound represented by the following formulas (c-13a) to (c-13c) or a compound having a repeating unit represented by (c-14a) to (c-14c). .
- R b2 and R b3 have the same meaning as R 7 .
- Ra represents a substituent (preferably an organic group).
- Rb is a divalent linking group.
- the divalent linking group include the following linking group L. Specifically, an alkane linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (an alkylene group in the case of divalent), a cycloalkane linking group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (a cycloalkylene group in the case of divalent), an aryl having 6 to 24 carbon atoms.
- Linking group (arylene group for divalent), heteroaryl linking group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (heteroarylene group for divalent), ether group (—O—), sulfide group (—S—), phosphinidene group ( -PR-: R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a silylene group (-SiRR'-: R, R 'is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carbonyl group, an imino group ( -NR N -: according R N is below the defined, here, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or is preferably a combination thereof.
- an alkane linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (an alkylene group in the case of divalent), an aryl linking group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms (an arylene group in the case of divalent), an ether group, a carbonyl group, or a combination thereof. It is preferable.
- the linking group constituting Rb is preferably a linking structure composed of a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, and a hydrogen atom.
- the linking group constituting Rb is also preferably a structural part having a repeating unit (b-15) described later.
- the number of atoms constituting Rb and the number of linking atoms are as defined for the linking group L described later.
- Ra examples of the substituent represented by Ra include examples of the substituent T described later, and among them, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an aryl group are preferable. At this time, even if the linking group L is present and substituted, the linking group L may be present in the substituent.
- Ra is preferably a structure of —Rb—Rc or a structure having a repeating unit (b-15) described later.
- Rc includes examples of the substituent T described later, and among them, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an aryl group are preferable.
- each of Ra and Rb preferably contains at least a linear hydrocarbon structural unit having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably an alkylene group), and preferably contains the linear hydrocarbon structural unit S. More preferred.
- Each of Ra to Rc may have a linking group or a substituent, and examples thereof include a linking group L and a substituent T described later.
- the above macromonomer preferably further has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (c-15).
- R b4 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent T described later. Of these, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an aryl group are preferable. When R b4 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group, it may further have a substituent T described later, and may have, for example, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group.
- L 8 is a linking group, and examples of the linking group L can be given. An ether group, a carbonyl group, an imino group, an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a combination thereof is preferable.
- the linking group relating to the combination include a linking group composed of a carbonyloxy group, an amide group, an oxygen atom, a carbon atom, and a hydrogen atom.
- R b4 and X contain carbon, the preferred carbon number is the same as the substituent T and linking group L described later.
- the preferable number of constituent atoms of the linking group and the number of linking atoms are also synonymous.
- the macromonomer includes a (meth) acrylate structural unit such as the above formula b-15, and an alkylene chain which may have a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom) (For example, ethylene chain). At this time, an ether group (O) or the like may be present in the alkylene chain.
- Examples of the substituent include a structure in which an arbitrary substituent is arranged at the terminal of the linking group.
- Examples of the terminal substituent include the substituent T described below, and the example of R 7 is preferable.
- substituent T examples include the following.
- An alkyl group preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, heptyl, 1-ethylpentyl, benzyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 1-carboxymethyl, etc.
- cycloalkyl A group preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, etc.
- an aryl group preferably an aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms such as phenyl, 1- Naphthyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, etc.
- heterocyclic groups preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably having at least one oxygen atom, sulfur atom,
- aryloxy groups preferably aryloxy groups having 6 to 26 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 4-methoxyphenoxy, etc.
- alkoxycarbonyl groups preferably carbon An alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as ethoxycarbonyl, 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl, etc., an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms such as phenoxycarbonyl, 1-naphthyl Oxycarbonyl, 3-methylphenoxycarbonyl, 4-methoxyphenoxycarbonyl, etc.), amino groups (preferably containing an amino group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, such as amino, N, N— Dimethylamino, N, N-diethylamino, N-ethylamin
- phosphinyl groups such as —P (R P ) 2 ), sulfo group (sulfonic acid group), hydroxy group, sulfanyl group, cyano group, halogen atom (eg fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.) ).
- substituent T may be further substituted with the above-described substituent T.
- substituent, linking group and the like include an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, an alkenylene group, an alkynyl group and / or an alkynylene group, these may be cyclic or linear, and may be linear or branched. It may be substituted as described above or unsubstituted.
- linking group L may be substituted through the following linking group L within the scope of the effects of the present invention, or the linking group L may be present in the structure thereof.
- an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, and an alkenylene group may further have the following hetero-linking group interposed in the structure.
- the linking group L includes a hydrocarbon linking group [an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably carbon atoms).
- hetero linking group [carbonyl group (—CO—), thiocarbonyl group (—CS—), ether group (—O—), thioether group (—S—), imino group (— NR N —), imine linking group (R N —N ⁇ C ⁇ , —N ⁇ C (R N ) —), sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —), sulfinyl group (—SO—), phosphate linking group ( -OP (OH) (O) -O-), phosphonic acid Yuimoto (-P (OH) (O) -O -), 2-valent heterocyclic group], or a linking group is preferably a combination thereof.
- the said hydrocarbon coupling group may form the double bond and the triple bond suitably, and may connect.
- the ring to be formed is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
- a nitrogen-containing five-membered ring is preferable, and examples of the compound forming the ring include pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, indazole, indole, benzimidazole, pyrrolidine, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, indoline, carbazole, or these And derivatives thereof.
- 6-membered ring examples include piperidine, morpholine, piperazine, and derivatives thereof.
- an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, or the like may be monocyclic or condensed, and may be similarly substituted or unsubstituted.
- R N represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, the substituent is the same as defined indicated above substituent T.
- substituents include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6 and particularly preferably 1 to 3), and an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms and 2 carbon atoms).
- To 12 is more preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is particularly preferable, and an alkynyl group (2 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 12 is more preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is Particularly preferred), an aralkyl group (preferably 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms, 6 to 10 is particularly preferred).
- RP is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or a substituent.
- substituents include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6 and particularly preferably 1 to 3), and an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms and 2 carbon atoms).
- To 12 is more preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is particularly preferable, and an alkynyl group (2 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 12 is more preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is Particularly preferred), an aralkyl group (preferably 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms, 6 to 10 is particularly preferred), an alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 24, more preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3), an alkenyloxy group (having a carbon number of To 24, more preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, still more preferably 2 to 3, and an alkynyloxy group (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and 2 to 6 carbon atoms).
- an aralkyloxy group preferably 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms
- an aryloxy group preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, 6 to 14 are more preferable, and 6 to 10 are particularly preferable.
- the number of atoms constituting the linking group is preferably from 1 to 36, more preferably from 1 to 24, still more preferably from 1 to 12, and from 1 to 6 Is particularly preferred.
- the number of linking atoms in the linking group is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 8 or less.
- the lower limit is 1 or more.
- the number of connected atoms refers to the minimum number of atoms that are located in a path connecting predetermined structural parts and are involved in connection. For example, in the case of —CH 2 —C ( ⁇ O) —O—, the number of atoms constituting the linking group is 6, but the number of linking atoms is 3.
- linking groups include the following. Oxycarbonyl group (—OCO—), carbonate group (—OCOO—), amide group (—CONH—), urethane group (—NHCOO—), urea group (—NHCONH—), (poly) alkyleneoxy group (— ( Lr-O) x-), carbonyl (poly) oxyalkylene group (-CO- (O-Lr) x-, carbonyl (poly) alkyleneoxy group (-CO- (Lr-O) x-), carbonyloxy ( Poly) alkyleneoxy group (—COO— (Lr—O) x—), (poly) alkyleneimino group (— (Lr—NR N ) x—), alkylene (poly) iminoalkylene group (—Lr— (NR N -lr) x-), carbonyl (poly) iminoalkylene group (-CO- (NR N -Lr) x- ), carbonyl (poly)
- Lr is preferably an alkylene group, an alkenylene group or an alkynylene group.
- the carbon number of Lr is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3.
- a plurality of Lr, R N , R P , x, etc. need not be the same.
- the direction of the linking group is not limited by the above description, and may be understood as appropriate according to a predetermined chemical formula.
- the macromonomer a macromonomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond at the terminal may be used.
- the macromonomer is composed of a polymer chain portion and a polymerizable functional group portion having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond at the terminal thereof.
- the average particle size of the polymer constituting the binder particles is preferably 1 nm to 10 ⁇ m, more preferably 10 nm to 1 ⁇ m, and even more preferably 20 nm to 600 nm.
- the average particle diameter of the polymer constituting the binder particles is the volume average particle diameter measured in the same manner as the average particle diameter of the inorganic solid electrolyte.
- the measurement from the produced all-solid-state secondary battery is, for example, after the battery is disassembled and the electrode is peeled off, and the measurement is performed in accordance with the method of measuring the particle diameter of the polymer constituting the binder particles for the electrode material. And the measurement of the particle diameter of the polymer constituting the binder particles, which has been measured in advance, is eliminated.
- the polymer constituting the binder particles preferably contains 0.1 to 60% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 40% by mass of the component derived from the monomer represented by the formula (2a), 0.5% More preferably, the content is ⁇ 20% by mass.
- the polymer constituting the binder particles preferably contains 0 to 99.9% by mass of the component derived from the monomer (c), more preferably 20 to 95% by mass, and even more preferably 40 to 90% by mass. .
- the polymer constituting the binder particles preferably contains 0.5 to 60% by mass of a component derived from a macromonomer, more preferably 1 to 50% by mass, and even more preferably 2 to 40% by mass.
- the polymer constituting the binder particles can be synthesized with reference to, for example, JP-A-2015-88486 and JP-A-2015-164125.
- the polymer constituting the binder particles preferably has a metal salt inside the polymer.
- “having a metal salt inside the polymer” means that a cation derived from the metal salt is present in the poly (ethyleneoxy) chain. It means that it is adsorbed by electronic interaction.
- the polymer can be obtained by a method of mixing with a metal salt after synthesis, a method of polymerizing in the presence of a metal salt, or the like.
- the binder particles preferably contain 80% by mass or more of the polymer, more preferably 90% by mass or more, still more preferably 95% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
- a polymer other than the polymer having the partial structure represented by the formula (2) may be included as a polymer constituting the binder particles as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
- the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention contains a dispersion medium (dispersion medium).
- the dispersion medium only needs to disperse each of the above components, and examples thereof include various organic solvents.
- the organic solvent include alcohol solvents, ether compounds, amide compounds, amine compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic compounds, aliphatic compounds, nitrile compounds, ester compounds, and the like.
- the said additive is not contained in an alcohol compound, an ether compound, and an ester compound.
- Specific examples of the dispersion medium include the following.
- Examples of the alcohol compound include methyl alcohol.
- ether compounds examples include diethyl ether and anisole.
- Examples of the amide compound include N, N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidinone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, 2-pyrrolidinone, ⁇ -caprolactam, formamide, N- Examples include methylformamide, acetamide, N-methylacetamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpropanamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide and the like.
- Examples of the amine compound include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine and the like.
- Examples of the ketone compound include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclohexanone.
- Examples of the aromatic compound include benzene, toluene, xylene and the like.
- Examples of the aliphatic compound include hexane, heptane, octane, decane and the like.
- Examples of the nitrile compound include acetonitrile, propylonitrile, isobutyronitrile, and the like.
- ester compound examples include ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl butyrate, and butyl pentanoate.
- non-aqueous dispersion medium examples include the above aromatic compounds and aliphatic compounds.
- amine compounds, ether compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic compounds, and aliphatic compounds are preferable, and ether compounds, aromatic compounds, and aliphatic compounds are more preferable.
- the dispersion medium preferably has a boiling point of 50 ° C. or higher, more preferably 70 ° C. or higher at normal pressure (1 atm).
- the upper limit is preferably 250 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 220 ° C. or lower.
- the said dispersion medium may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
- the content of the dispersion medium in the solid electrolyte composition is not particularly limited and can be appropriately set.
- 20 to 99% by mass is preferable, 25 to 70% by mass is more preferable, and 30 to 60% by mass is particularly preferable.
- the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention may contain an active material capable of inserting and releasing metal ions belonging to Group 1 or Group 2 of the Periodic Table.
- the active material includes a positive electrode active material and a negative electrode active material.
- a transition metal oxide (preferably a transition metal oxide) that is a positive electrode active material or a metal oxide that is a negative electrode active material Or the metal which can form an alloy with lithium, such as Sn, Si, Al, and In, is preferable.
- a solid electrolyte composition containing an active material positive electrode active material or negative electrode active material
- an electrode composition positive electrode composition or negative electrode composition
- the positive electrode active material that may be contained in the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention is preferably one that can reversibly insert and / or release lithium ions.
- the material is not particularly limited as long as it has the above characteristics, and may be a transition metal oxide or an element that can be complexed with Li such as sulfur.
- the positive electrode active material it is preferable to use a transition metal oxide, and a transition metal oxide having a transition metal element M a (one or more elements selected from Co, Ni, Fe, Mn, Cu, and V). More preferred.
- this transition metal oxide includes an element M b (an element of the first (Ia) group of the metal periodic table other than lithium, an element of the second (IIa) group, Al, Ga, In, Ge, Sn, Pb, Elements such as Sb, Bi, Si, P and B) may be mixed.
- the mixing amount is preferably 0 ⁇ 30 mol% relative to the amount of the transition metal element M a (100mol%). That the molar ratio of li / M a was synthesized were mixed so that 0.3 to 2.2, more preferably.
- transition metal oxide examples include (MA) a transition metal oxide having a layered rock salt structure, (MB) a transition metal oxide having a spinel structure, (MC) a lithium-containing transition metal phosphate compound, (MD And lithium-containing transition metal halogenated phosphate compounds and (ME) lithium-containing transition metal silicate compounds.
- transition metal oxide having a layered rock salt structure LiCoO 2 (lithium cobaltate [LCO]), LiNi 2 O 2 (lithium nickelate), LiNi 0.85 Co 0.10 Al 0. 05 O 2 (nickel cobalt lithium aluminum oxide [NCA]), LiNi 1/3 Co 1/3 Mn 1/3 O 2 (nickel manganese lithium cobalt oxide [NMC]), LiNi 0.5 Mn 0.5 O 2 ( Lithium manganese nickelate).
- transition metal oxides having (MB) spinel structure LiMn 2 O 4 (LMO), LiCoMnO 4, Li 2 FeMn 3 O 8 , Li 2 CuMn 3 O 8 , Li 2 CrMn 3 O 8 and Li 2 NiMn 3 O 8 is mentioned.
- (MC) lithium-containing transition metal phosphate compounds include olivine-type iron phosphate salts such as LiFePO 4 and Li 3 Fe 2 (PO 4 ) 3 , iron pyrophosphates such as LiFeP 2 O 7 , LiCoPO 4, and the like. And monoclinic Nasicon type vanadium phosphate salts such as Li 3 V 2 (PO 4 ) 3 (vanadium lithium phosphate).
- (MD) as the lithium-containing transition metal halogenated phosphate compound for example, Li 2 FePO 4 F such fluorinated phosphorus iron salt, Li 2 MnPO 4 hexafluorophosphate manganese salts such as F and Li 2 CoPO 4 F Cobalt fluorophosphates such as
- Examples of the (ME) lithium-containing transition metal silicate compound include Li 2 FeSiO 4 , Li 2 MnSiO 4 , and Li 2 CoSiO 4 .
- a transition metal oxide having a (MA) layered rock salt structure is preferable, and LCO or NMC is more preferable.
- the shape of the positive electrode active material is not particularly limited, but is preferably particulate.
- the volume average particle diameter (sphere conversion average particle diameter) of the positive electrode active material is not particularly limited.
- the thickness can be 0.1 to 50 ⁇ m.
- an ordinary pulverizer or classifier may be used.
- the positive electrode active material obtained by the firing method may be used after being washed with water, an acidic aqueous solution, an alkaline aqueous solution, or an organic solvent.
- the volume average particle diameter (sphere-converted average particle diameter) of the positive electrode active material particles can be measured using a laser diffraction / scattering particle size distribution analyzer LA-920 (trade name, manufactured by HORIBA).
- the positive electrode active material may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
- the mass (mg) (weight per unit area) of the positive electrode active material per unit area (cm 2 ) of the positive electrode active material layer is not particularly limited. It can be determined as appropriate according to the designed battery capacity, for example, 1 to 100 mg / cm 2 .
- the content of the positive electrode active material in the solid electrolyte composition is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10 to 97% by mass, more preferably 30 to 95% by mass, in a total of 100% by mass of the additive and the total solid content. It is more preferably 40 to 93% by mass, particularly preferably 50 to 90% by mass.
- the negative electrode active material that may be contained in the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention is preferably one that can reversibly insert and / or release lithium ions.
- the material is not particularly limited as long as it has the above characteristics, and is a carbonaceous material, a metal oxide such as tin oxide, a silicon oxide, a metal composite oxide, a lithium simple substance or a lithium alloy such as a lithium aluminum alloy, and , Sn, Si, Al, In, and other metals capable of forming an alloy with lithium.
- a carbonaceous material or a lithium composite oxide is preferably used from the viewpoint of reliability.
- the metal composite oxide is preferably capable of inserting and extracting lithium.
- the material is not particularly limited, but preferably contains titanium and / or lithium as a constituent component from the viewpoint of high current density charge / discharge characteristics.
- the carbonaceous material used as the negative electrode active material is a material substantially made of carbon.
- various synthetics such as petroleum pitch, carbon black such as acetylene black (AB), graphite (natural graphite, artificial graphite such as vapor-grown graphite), PAN (polyacrylonitrile) resin or furfuryl alcohol resin, etc.
- the carbonaceous material which baked resin can be mentioned.
- various carbon fibers such as PAN-based carbon fiber, cellulose-based carbon fiber, pitch-based carbon fiber, vapor-grown carbon fiber, dehydrated PVA (polyvinyl alcohol) -based carbon fiber, lignin carbon fiber, glassy carbon fiber, and activated carbon fiber. And mesophase microspheres, graphite whiskers, flat graphite and the like.
- carbonaceous materials can be divided into non-graphitizable carbonaceous materials and graphite-based carbonaceous materials according to the degree of graphitization.
- the carbonaceous material preferably has a face spacing or density and crystallite size described in JP-A-62-222066, JP-A-2-6856, and 3-45473.
- the carbonaceous material does not have to be a single material, and a mixture of natural graphite and artificial graphite described in JP-A-5-90844, graphite having a coating layer described in JP-A-6-4516, or the like is used. You can also.
- an amorphous oxide is particularly preferable, and chalcogenite which is a reaction product of a metal element and a group 16 element of the periodic table is also preferably used. It is done.
- amorphous as used herein means an X-ray diffraction method using CuK ⁇ rays, which has a broad scattering band having a peak in the region of 20 ° to 40 ° in terms of 2 ⁇ , and is a crystalline diffraction line. You may have. The strongest intensity of crystalline diffraction lines seen from 2 ° to 40 ° to 70 ° is 100 times the diffraction line intensity at the peak of the broad scattering band seen from 2 ° to 20 °. It is preferable that it is 5 times or less, and it is particularly preferable not to have a crystalline diffraction line.
- an amorphous oxide of a metalloid element and a chalcogenide are more preferable, and elements of Groups 13 (IIIB) to 15 (VB) of the periodic table, Al , Ga, Si, Sn, Ge, Pb, Sb and Bi are used alone or in combination of two or more thereof, and chalcogenides are particularly preferable.
- preferable amorphous oxides and chalcogenides include, for example, Ga 2 O 3 , SiO, GeO, SnO, SnO 2 , PbO, PbO 2 , Pb 2 O 3 , Pb 2 O 4 , Pb 3 O 4 , Sb 2 O 3 , Sb 2 O 4 , Sb 2 O 8 Bi 2 O 3 , Sb 2 O 8 Si 2 O 3 , Bi 2 O 4 , SnSiO 3 , GeS, SnS, SnS 2 , PbS, PbS 2 , Sb 2 S 3 , Sb 2 S 5 and SnSiS 3 are preferred. Moreover, these may be a complex oxide with lithium oxide, for example, Li 2 SnO 2 .
- the negative electrode active material contains a titanium atom. More specifically, Li 4 Ti 5 O 12 (lithium titanate [LTO]) is excellent in rapid charge / discharge characteristics due to small volume fluctuations during occlusion and release of lithium ions, and the deterioration of the electrodes is suppressed, and lithium ion secondary. This is preferable in that the battery life can be improved.
- Li 4 Ti 5 O 12 lithium titanate [LTO]
- hard carbon or graphite is preferably used, and graphite is more preferably used.
- the carbonaceous materials may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
- a Si-based negative electrode it is also preferable to apply a Si-based negative electrode.
- a Si negative electrode can occlude more Li ions than a carbon negative electrode (such as graphite and acetylene black). That is, the amount of occlusion of Li ions per unit mass increases. Therefore, the battery capacity can be increased. As a result, there is an advantage that the battery driving time can be extended.
- the chemical formula of the compound obtained by the above firing method can be calculated from an inductively coupled plasma (ICP) emission spectroscopic analysis method as a measurement method, and from a mass difference between powders before and after firing as a simple method.
- ICP inductively coupled plasma
- Examples of the negative electrode active material that can be used in combination with the amorphous oxide negative electrode active material centering on Sn, Si, and Ge include carbon materials that can occlude and / or release lithium ions or lithium metal, lithium, lithium alloys, A metal that can be alloyed with lithium is preferable.
- the shape of the negative electrode active material is not particularly limited, but is preferably particulate.
- the average particle size of the negative electrode active material is preferably 0.1 to 60 ⁇ m.
- an ordinary pulverizer or classifier is used.
- a mortar, a ball mill, a sand mill, a vibrating ball mill, a satellite ball mill, a planetary ball mill, a swirling air flow type jet mill or a sieve is preferably used.
- pulverizing wet pulverization in the presence of water or an organic solvent such as methanol can be performed as necessary.
- classification is preferably performed.
- the average particle diameter of the negative electrode active material particles can be measured by the same method as the above-described method for measuring the volume average particle diameter of the positive electrode active material.
- the said negative electrode active material may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
- the mass (mg) (weight per unit area) of the negative electrode active material per unit area (cm 2 ) of the negative electrode active material layer is not particularly limited. It can be determined as appropriate according to the designed battery capacity, for example, 1 to 100 mg / cm 2 .
- the content of the negative electrode active material in the solid electrolyte composition is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, and 20 to 85% by mass in a total of 100% by mass of the additive and the total solid content. More preferably, it is 30 to 80% by mass, and further preferably 40 to 75% by mass.
- the surfaces of the positive electrode active material and the negative electrode active material may be coated with another metal oxide.
- the surface coating agent include metal oxides containing Ti, Nb, Ta, W, Zr, Al, Si, or Li.
- Specific examples include spinel titanate, tantalum-based oxides, niobium-based oxides, lithium niobate-based compounds, and the like.
- Specific examples include Li 4 Ti 5 O 12 , Li 2 Ti 2 O 5 , LiTaO 3.
- the electrode surface containing a positive electrode active material or a negative electrode active material may be surface-treated with sulfur or phosphorus.
- the particle surface of the positive electrode active material or the negative electrode active material may be subjected to surface treatment with actinic rays or an active gas (plasma or the like) before and after the surface coating.
- the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention may contain a conductive auxiliary agent used for improving the electronic conductivity of the active material, if necessary.
- a conductive auxiliary agent a general conductive auxiliary agent can be used.
- graphites such as natural graphite and artificial graphite, carbon blacks such as acetylene black, ketjen black and furnace black, amorphous carbon such as needle coke, vapor-grown carbon fiber or carbon nanotube, which are electron conductive materials
- Carbon fibers such as graphene, carbonaceous materials such as graphene or fullerene, metal powders such as copper and nickel, and metal fibers may be used, and conductive polymers such as polyaniline, polypyrrole, polythiophene, polyacetylene, and polyphenylene derivatives May be used.
- the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention contains a conductive auxiliary agent
- the content of the conductive auxiliary agent in the solid electrolyte composition exceeds 10% by mass in a total of 100% by mass of the additive and the total solid content and exceeds 10% by mass. The following is preferred.
- the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention is preferably prepared as a slurry by mixing additives, metal salts, binder particles, and a dispersion medium, and optionally other components, for example, using various mixers.
- the mixing method is not particularly limited, and may be mixed in a lump or may be mixed sequentially, and the additive, a metal salt, a dispersion liquid in which binder particles and a dispersion medium are mixed, and if necessary, mixed with other components.
- a ball mill, bead mill, a planetary mixer, a blade mixer, a roll mill, a kneader, and a disk mill are mentioned.
- the mixing conditions are not particularly limited.
- the mixing temperature is set to 10 to 60 ° C.
- the mixing time is set to 5 minutes to 5 hours
- the rotation speed is set to 10 to 700 rpm (rotation per minute).
- a ball mill is used as the mixer, it is preferable to set the rotational speed at 150 to 700 rpm and the mixing time at 5 minutes to 24 hours at the mixing temperature.
- the compounding quantity of each component is set so that it may become the said content.
- the environment for mixing is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include dry air or inert gas.
- the sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention is a sheet-like molded body that can form a constituent layer of the all-solid-state secondary battery, and includes various modes depending on the application.
- a sheet preferably used for a solid electrolyte layer also referred to as a solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid secondary battery
- an electrode or a sheet preferably used for a laminate of an electrode and a solid electrolyte layer (an electrode for an all-solid secondary battery) Sheet
- these various sheets may be collectively referred to as an all-solid secondary battery sheet.
- the layer composed of the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention constituting the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet of the present invention contains 100 ppm or more of the above additive on a mass basis when heated at 200 ° C. for 6 hours under 1 atm. 300 ppm or more is preferable, and 500 ppm or more is more preferable. Although there is no restriction
- the content of the additive in the layer can be obtained by extracting the additive with a coating solvent or the like from the layer constituted by the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention and quantifying the additive by liquid chromatography.
- the solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery according to the present invention may be a sheet having a solid electrolyte layer.
- seat currently formed from may be sufficient.
- the solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery may have other layers as long as it has a solid electrolyte layer. Examples of other layers include a protective layer (release sheet), a current collector, and a coat layer. Examples of the solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention include a sheet having a solid electrolyte layer and, if necessary, a protective layer in this order on a substrate.
- the base material is not particularly limited as long as it can support the solid electrolyte layer, and examples thereof include materials described later with reference to current collectors, sheet materials (plate bodies) of organic materials, inorganic materials, and the like.
- the organic material include various polymers, and specific examples include polyethylene terephthalate, polypropylene, polyethylene, and cellulose.
- the inorganic material include glass and ceramic.
- the configuration and layer thickness of the solid electrolyte layer of the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet are the same as the configuration and layer thickness of the solid electrolyte layer described in the all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention.
- the electrode sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention may be an electrode sheet having an active material layer, and the active material layer is on the substrate (current collector). Even the sheet
- This electrode sheet is usually a sheet having a current collector and an active material layer, but an embodiment having a current collector, an active material layer, and a solid electrolyte layer in this order, and a current collector, an active material layer, and a solid electrolyte The aspect which has a layer and an active material layer in this order is also included.
- the electrode sheet of the present invention may have the other layers described above as long as it has an active material layer.
- the layer thickness of each layer constituting the electrode sheet of the present invention is the same as the layer thickness of each layer described in the all-solid secondary battery described later.
- the method for producing the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be produced by forming each of the above layers using the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention.
- a method of forming a layer (coating / drying layer) made of a solid electrolyte composition by forming a film (coating / drying) on a base material or a current collector (may be provided with another layer) if necessary. can be mentioned.
- seat for all-solid-state secondary batteries which has a base material or an electrical power collector, and a coating dry layer as needed can be produced.
- the coating and drying layer is a layer formed by applying the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention and drying the dispersion medium (that is, using the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention, and the solid of the present invention.
- a layer having a composition obtained by removing the dispersion medium from the electrolyte composition is a layer formed by applying the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention and drying the dispersion medium (that is, using the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention, and the solid of the present invention.
- a layer having a composition obtained by removing the dispersion medium from the electrolyte composition In the method for producing an all-solid-state secondary battery sheet of the present invention, each step such as coating and drying will be described in the following method for producing an all-solid-state secondary battery.
- the coating / drying layer obtained as described above can be pressurized.
- the pressurizing condition and the like will be described later in the method for manufacturing an all-solid secondary battery.
- a base material, a protective layer (especially peeling sheet), etc. can also be peeled.
- the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet according to the present invention has at least one of a solid electrolyte layer and an active material layer formed of the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention, and effectively suppresses an increase in interfacial resistance between solid particles. Solid particles are firmly bound together. Therefore, it is suitably used as a sheet that can form a constituent layer of an all-solid-state secondary battery.
- a sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery is produced in a long line (even if it is wound during conveyance) and used as a wound battery, bending stress is applied to the solid electrolyte layer and the active material layer. Even if it acts, the binding state of the solid particles in the solid electrolyte layer and the active material layer can be maintained.
- an all-solid-state secondary battery is manufactured using the sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery manufactured by such a manufacturing method, high productivity and yield (reproducibility) can be realized while maintaining excellent battery performance.
- An all solid state secondary battery of the present invention comprises a positive electrode active material layer, a negative electrode active material layer facing the positive electrode active material layer, and a solid electrolyte layer disposed between the positive electrode active material layer and the negative electrode active material layer.
- the positive electrode active material layer is formed on the positive electrode current collector as necessary to constitute a positive electrode.
- the negative electrode active material layer is formed on the negative electrode current collector as necessary to constitute the negative electrode.
- At least one of the negative electrode active material layer, the positive electrode active material layer, and the solid electrolyte layer is preferably formed of the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention. Among them, all the layers are formed of the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention. More preferably.
- the thicknesses of the negative electrode active material layer, the solid electrolyte layer, and the positive electrode active material layer are not particularly limited.
- the thickness of each layer is preferably 10 to 1,000 ⁇ m, more preferably 20 ⁇ m or more and less than 500 ⁇ m, considering the dimensions of a general all solid state secondary battery. In the all solid state secondary battery of the present invention, it is more preferable that the thickness of at least one of the positive electrode active material layer and the negative electrode active material layer is 50 ⁇ m or more and less than 500 ⁇ m.
- Each of the positive electrode active material layer and the negative electrode active material layer may include a current collector on the side opposite to the solid electrolyte layer.
- the all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention may be used as an all-solid-state secondary battery with the above-mentioned structure depending on the application. Is preferred.
- the housing may be metallic or made of resin (plastic). In the case of using a metallic material, for example, an aluminum alloy or a stainless steel material can be used.
- the metallic housing is preferably divided into a positive-side housing and a negative-side housing and electrically connected to the positive current collector and the negative current collector, respectively.
- the casing on the positive electrode side and the casing on the negative electrode side are preferably joined and integrated via a gasket for preventing a short circuit.
- FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an all solid state secondary battery (lithium ion secondary battery) according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention.
- the all-solid-state secondary battery 10 of this embodiment has a negative electrode current collector 1, a negative electrode active material layer 2, a solid electrolyte layer 3, a positive electrode active material layer 4, and a positive electrode current collector 5 in this order as viewed from the negative electrode side. .
- Each layer is in contact with each other and has an adjacent structure.
- lithium ions (Li + ) accumulated in the negative electrode are returned to the positive electrode side, and electrons are supplied to the working part 6.
- a light bulb is adopted as a model for the operating part 6 and is lit by discharge.
- this all-solid-state secondary battery When the all-solid-state secondary battery having the layer configuration shown in FIG. 1 is placed in a 2032 type coin case, this all-solid-state secondary battery is referred to as an all-solid-state secondary battery laminate, A battery produced by placing it in a 2032 type coin case may be referred to as an all-solid secondary battery.
- the all-solid-state secondary battery 10 In the all-solid-state secondary battery 10, all of the positive electrode active material layer, the solid electrolyte layer, and the negative electrode active material layer are formed of the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention.
- This all-solid-state secondary battery 10 has a small electric resistance and exhibits excellent battery performance.
- the additive, metal salt, inorganic solid electrolyte, and binder particles contained in the positive electrode active material layer 4, the solid electrolyte layer 3, and the negative electrode active material layer 2 may be the same or different from each other.
- either or both of the positive electrode active material layer and the negative electrode active material layer may be simply referred to as an active material layer or an electrode active material layer.
- One or both of the positive electrode active material and the negative electrode active material may be simply referred to as an active material or an electrode active material.
- the additive, metal salt, and binder particles when used in combination with solid particles such as an inorganic solid electrolyte or an active material, the interfacial resistance between the solid particles is increased, and the interfacial resistance between the solid particles and the current collector is increased. The rise can be suppressed. Furthermore, contact failure between the solid particles and peeling (peeling) of the solid particles from the current collector can be suppressed. Therefore, the all solid state secondary battery of the present invention exhibits excellent battery characteristics.
- the all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention using the above-described binder particles capable of binding solid particles or the like is manufactured as described above, for example, a sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery or an all-solid-state secondary battery. Excellent battery characteristics can be maintained even if bending stress acts in the process.
- the negative electrode active material layer can be a lithium metal layer.
- the lithium metal layer include a layer formed by depositing or molding lithium metal powder, a lithium foil, a lithium vapor deposition film, and the like. Regardless of the thickness of the negative electrode active material layer, the thickness of the lithium metal layer can be, for example, 1 to 500 ⁇ m.
- the positive electrode current collector 5 and the negative electrode current collector 1 are preferably electronic conductors. In the present invention, either or both of the positive electrode current collector and the negative electrode current collector may be simply referred to as a current collector.
- Materials for forming the positive electrode current collector include aluminum, aluminum alloy, stainless steel, nickel, and titanium, as well as aluminum or stainless steel surface treated with carbon, nickel, titanium, or silver (forming a thin film) Among them, aluminum and aluminum alloys are more preferable.
- the material for forming the negative electrode current collector is treated with carbon, nickel, titanium, or silver on the surface of aluminum, copper, copper alloy, or stainless steel. What was made to do is preferable, and aluminum, copper, a copper alloy, and stainless steel are more preferable.
- the current collector is usually in the form of a film sheet, but a net, a punched one, a lath, a porous body, a foam, a fiber group molded body, or the like can also be used.
- the thickness of the current collector is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 500 ⁇ m.
- the current collector surface is roughened by surface treatment.
- a functional layer, a member, or the like is appropriately interposed or disposed between or outside each of the negative electrode current collector, the negative electrode active material layer, the solid electrolyte layer, the positive electrode active material layer, and the positive electrode current collector. May be.
- Each layer may be composed of a single layer or a plurality of layers.
- the all solid state secondary battery can be manufactured by a conventional method. Specifically, an all-solid secondary battery can be manufactured by forming each of the above layers using the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention. Thereby, an all-solid-state secondary battery having a small electric resistance and excellent battery performance can be manufactured. Details will be described below.
- the all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention includes a step of applying the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention on a base material (for example, a metal foil serving as a current collector) to form a film (forming a film). It can be manufactured via the (intermediate) method (method for manufacturing the sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention).
- a solid electrolyte composition containing a positive electrode active material is applied as a positive electrode material (positive electrode composition) on a metal foil that is a positive electrode current collector to form a positive electrode active material layer.
- a positive electrode sheet for a battery is prepared.
- a solid electrolyte composition for forming a solid electrolyte layer is applied on the positive electrode active material layer to form a solid electrolyte layer. Furthermore, a solid electrolyte composition containing a negative electrode active material is applied as a negative electrode material (negative electrode composition) on the solid electrolyte layer to form a negative electrode active material layer.
- An all-solid-state secondary battery having a structure in which a solid electrolyte layer is sandwiched between a positive electrode active material layer and a negative electrode active material layer is obtained by stacking a negative electrode current collector (metal foil) on the negative electrode active material layer. Can do. If necessary, this can be enclosed in a housing to obtain a desired all-solid secondary battery.
- each layer is reversed, and a negative electrode active material layer, a solid electrolyte layer, and a positive electrode active material layer are formed on the negative electrode current collector, and the positive electrode current collector is stacked to produce an all-solid secondary battery.
- Another method includes the following method. That is, a positive electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery is produced as described above. Further, a negative electrode active material layer is formed by applying a solid electrolyte composition containing a negative electrode active material as a negative electrode material (negative electrode composition) on a metal foil that is a negative electrode current collector, and forming an all-solid secondary A negative electrode sheet for a battery is prepared. Next, a solid electrolyte layer is formed on one of the active material layers of these sheets as described above. Furthermore, the other of the positive electrode sheet for an all solid secondary battery and the negative electrode sheet for an all solid secondary battery is laminated on the solid electrolyte layer so that the solid electrolyte layer and the active material layer are in contact with each other.
- Another method includes the following method. That is, as described above, a positive electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery and a negative electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery are produced. Separately from this, a solid electrolyte composition is applied onto a substrate to produce a solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid secondary battery comprising a solid electrolyte layer. Furthermore, it laminates
- An all-solid-state secondary battery can also be manufactured by a combination of the above forming methods. For example, as described above, a positive electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery, a negative electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery, and a solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid secondary battery are produced. Then, after laminating the solid electrolyte layer peeled off from the base material on the negative electrode sheet for an all solid secondary battery, an all solid secondary battery can be produced by pasting the positive electrode sheet for the all solid secondary battery. it can. In this method, the solid electrolyte layer can be laminated on the positive electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery, and bonded to the negative electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery. In the above production method, the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention may be used for any one of the positive electrode composition, the solid electrolyte composition, and the negative electrode composition. It is preferable to use it.
- the method for applying the solid electrolyte composition is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected. Examples thereof include coating (preferably wet coating), spray coating, spin coating coating, dip coating, slit coating, stripe coating, and bar coating coating. At this time, the solid electrolyte composition may be dried after being applied, or may be dried after being applied in multiple layers.
- the drying temperature is not particularly limited.
- the lower limit is preferably 30 ° C or higher, more preferably 60 ° C or higher, and still more preferably 80 ° C or higher.
- the upper limit is preferably 300 ° C. or lower, more preferably 250 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 200 ° C. or lower.
- each layer or all-solid secondary battery After producing the applied solid electrolyte composition or all-solid secondary battery. Moreover, it is also preferable to pressurize in the state which laminated
- An example of the pressurizing method is a hydraulic cylinder press.
- the applied pressure is not particularly limited and is generally preferably in the range of 50 to 1500 MPa. Moreover, you may heat the apply
- the heating temperature is not particularly limited, and is generally in the range of 30 to 300 ° C. It is also possible to press at a temperature higher than the glass transition temperature of the inorganic solid electrolyte.
- pressing can be performed at a temperature higher than the glass transition temperature of the polymer forming the binder particles. However, it is generally a temperature that does not exceed the melting point of the polymer.
- the pressurization may be performed in a state where the coating solvent or the dispersion medium is previously dried, or may be performed in a state where the solvent or the dispersion medium remains.
- each composition may be apply
- the atmosphere during pressurization is not particularly limited, and may be any of the following: air, dry air (dew point -20 ° C. or lower), inert gas (for example, argon gas, helium gas, nitrogen gas).
- the pressing time may be a high pressure in a short time (for example, within several hours), or a medium pressure may be applied for a long time (1 day or more).
- a restraining tool screw tightening pressure or the like
- the pressing pressure may be uniform or different with respect to the pressed part such as the sheet surface.
- the pressing pressure can be changed according to the area or film thickness of the pressed part. Also, the same part can be changed stepwise with different pressures.
- the press surface may be smooth or roughened.
- the all solid state secondary battery manufactured as described above is preferably initialized after manufacture or before use.
- the initialization is not particularly limited, and can be performed, for example, by performing initial charging / discharging in a state where the press pressure is increased, and then releasing the pressure until the general operating pressure of the all-solid secondary battery is reached.
- the all solid state secondary battery of the present invention can be applied to various uses. Although there are no particular restrictions on the application mode, for example, when installed in an electronic device, a notebook computer, a pen input personal computer, a mobile personal computer, an electronic book player, a mobile phone, a cordless phone, a pager, a handy terminal, a mobile fax machine, a mobile phone Copy, portable printer, headphone stereo, video movie, LCD TV, handy cleaner, portable CD, mini-disc, electric shaver, transceiver, electronic notebook, calculator, memory card, portable tape recorder, radio, backup power supply, etc.
- Other consumer products include automobiles, electric vehicles, motors, lighting equipment, toys, game equipment, road conditioners, watches, strobes, cameras, medical equipment (such as pacemakers, hearing aids, and shoulder grinders). Furthermore, it can be used for various military use and space use. Moreover, it can also combine with a solar cell.
- Macromonomer M-1 Macromonomer M-1 was synthesized as follows. 190 parts by mass of toluene was added to a 1 L three-necked flask equipped with a reflux condenser and a gas introduction cock, and nitrogen gas was introduced at a flow rate of 200 mL / min for 10 minutes, followed by heating to 80 ° C. The liquid (the following prescription ⁇ ) prepared in a separate container was dropped into a 1 L three-necked flask over 2 hours and stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours.
- radical polymerization initiator V-601 (trade name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added and stirred at 95 ° C. for 2 hours.
- 0.025 parts by mass of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxyl (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and glycidyl methacrylate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added to the solution kept at 95 ° C. after stirring.
- 13 parts by mass and 2.5 parts by mass of tetrabutylammonium bromide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added and stirred at 120 ° C. for 3 hours.
- the resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature and then added to methanol for precipitation.
- the precipitate was collected by filtration, washed twice with methanol, and dissolved by adding 300 parts by mass of heptane. A portion of the resulting solution was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a solution of macromonomer M-1 represented by the chemical formula described below.
- the weight average molecular weight was 16,000.
- Dodecyl methacrylate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 150 parts by mass Methyl methacrylate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 59 parts by mass 3-mercaptopropionic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 2 parts by mass V-601 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 2.0 parts by mass)
- the chemical formula of the polymer constituting the binder particle P-1 is shown below.
- Additive A-2 (Diglyme (Aldrich)
- metal salt B-2 lithium bisfluorosulfonium imide (Kishida Chemical Co., Ltd.)
- the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to obtain a dispersion of a mixture ABP-1 containing binder particles, an additive, and a metal salt.
- the glass transition temperature of the mixture ABP-1 obtained by drying the obtained dispersion was -65 ° C.
- Li 2 S lithium sulfide
- P 2 S 5 diphosphorus pentasulfide
- Li 2 S and P 2 S 5 at a molar ratio of Li 2 S: P 2 S 5 75: was 25.
- 66 zirconia beads having a diameter of 5 mm were introduced into a 45 mL container (made by Fritsch) made of zirconia, the whole mixture of the above lithium sulfide and diphosphorus pentasulfide was introduced, and the container was sealed under an argon atmosphere.
- a container is set on a planetary ball mill P-7 (trade name) manufactured by Frichtu, and mechanical milling is performed at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a rotation speed of 510 rpm for 20 hours to obtain a yellow powder sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte (Li-PS system). 6.20 g of glass) was obtained.
- Solid electrolyte compositions S-2 to 24 and T-1 to T-3 were prepared in the same manner as the solid electrolyte composition S-1, except that the composition was changed to the composition shown in Table 3 below.
- NMC LiNi 0.33 Co 0.33 Mn 0.33 O 2 (manufactured by Aldrich)
- 8.0 g and acetylene black 0.1 g as an active material are put into a container, and the container is set in a planetary ball mill P-7. Then, mixing was continued for 30 minutes at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a rotational speed of 200 rpm to prepare a positive electrode composition CE-1.
- the positive electrode composition CE-1 prepared above was applied to an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 ⁇ m as a current collector using an applicator (trade name: SA-201 Baker type applicator, manufactured by Tester Sangyo Co., Ltd.), and 1 at 80 ° C. After heating for an hour, it was further dried at 110 ° C. for 1 hour. Then, using a heat press machine, it pressurized (20 Mpa, 1 minute), heating (120 degreeC), and produced the positive electrode sheet CE-1 which has a laminated structure of a positive electrode active material layer / aluminum foil.
- an applicator trade name: SA-201 Baker type applicator, manufactured by Tester Sangyo Co., Ltd.
- Positive electrode sheets CE-2 to CE-24 and CC-1 to CC-3 were prepared in the same manner as the positive electrode sheet CE-1, except that the composition of the positive electrode composition was changed to the composition shown in Table 4 below.
- Negative electrode sheets AE-1 to AE- were prepared in the same manner as the positive electrode sheet CE-1, except that a negative electrode composition having the composition shown in Table 4 below was prepared and used instead of the positive electrode composition CE-1. 4, CA-1 and CA-2 were prepared. In all cases, stainless steel foil was used as a current collector.
- Solid electrolyte sheet EE- for an all-solid-state secondary battery in the same manner as the solid electrolyte sheet EE-1 for an all-solid-state secondary battery, except that the composition of the solid electrolyte composition and the conductive additive is changed to the composition shown in Table 4 below. 2 to EE-4 were prepared.
- the positive electrode sheets CE-1 to CE-24, the negative electrode sheets AE-1 to AE-4, and the solid electrolyte sheets EE-1 to EE-4 for all-solid-state secondary batteries are heated at 1 atm.
- the solid electrolyte layer, the positive electrode active material layer, or the negative electrode active material layer included in each sheet contains 100 ppm or more of the additive.
- ⁇ Membrane strength test> A bending resistance test (based on JIS K5600-5-1 (1999)) using a mandrel tester was performed. From each sheet, a strip-shaped test piece having a width of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm was cut out. The solid electrolyte layer surface or the active material layer surface was set on the side opposite to the mandrel, bent using a mandrel having a diameter of 32 mm, the solid electrolyte layer surface or the active material layer surface was observed, and the presence or absence of cracks and cracks was observed.
- the diameter (unit: mm) of the mandrel is 25, 20, 16, 12, 10, 8, 6, 5, The diameter of the mandrel at which cracks, cracks or peeling occurred first was recorded. The evaluation criteria are shown below. Rank C or higher is the passing level of this test.
- Mandrel diameter 5 mm or less B: Mandrel diameter 6 mm or 8 mm
- LCO LiCoO 2 (manufactured by Aldrich)
- NMC LiNi 0.33 Co 0.33 Mn 0.33 O 2 (manufactured by Aldrich)
- Si Silicon powder AB: Acetylene black (Denka Black (trade name), manufactured by Denka)
- VGCF Vapor growth carbon fiber (Showa Denko)
- the positive electrode sheets CC-1 to CC-3 and the negative electrode sheets CA-1 and CA-2 that do not satisfy the provisions of the present invention all have inferior film strength.
- manufactured from the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention containing the additive represented by the formula (1) and the binder particles containing the polymer having the partial structure represented by the formula (2) in combination are found to have excellent film strength (CE-1 to CE-24, AE-1 to AE-4, and EE-1 to EE-4). ).
- the negative electrode sheet AE-1 produced above was subjected to a bending test using a mandrel having a diameter of 10 mm three times, and then the solid electrolyte composition (S-1) prepared above was applied onto the negative electrode active material layer. After heating at 80 ° C. for 1 hour, it was further dried at 110 ° C. for 6 hours.
- the sheet having the solid electrolyte layer formed on the negative electrode active material layer was pressurized (30 MPa, 1 minute) while being heated (120 ° C.) using a heat press machine, and the solid electrolyte layer / negative electrode active material layer / stainless foil A sheet having a laminated structure was produced.
- the positive electrode sheet CE-1 for an all-solid-state secondary battery prepared above was subjected to a bending test using a mandrel having a diameter of 10 mm three times, and then cut into a disk shape having a diameter of 13 mm.
- a heat press machine pressurizing (40 MPa, 1 minute) while heating (120 ° C.)
- aluminum foil / positive electrode active material layer A laminate for an all-solid-state secondary battery having a laminated structure of / solid electrolyte layer / negative electrode active material layer / stainless foil was produced.
- the all-solid-state secondary battery laminate 12 thus produced is put into a stainless steel 2032 type coin case 11 incorporating a spacer and a washer (not shown in FIG. 2), and the 2032 type coin case 11 is caulked.
- No. 101 all-solid-state secondary battery 13 was produced. Except for employing the configuration shown in Table 5 below, In the same manner as the all-solid secondary battery 101, an all-solid secondary battery shown in Table 5 was produced. After the following discharge capacity density measurement and resistance evaluation test were conducted, the all-solid-state secondary battery laminate was taken out from the coin case, and the above method was used for No. 4 It was confirmed that each constituent layer of the all-solid secondary batteries 101 to 123 contained 100 ppm or more of the additive.
- the all-solid secondary battery produced above was measured with a charge / discharge evaluation apparatus “TOSCAT-3000” (trade name) manufactured by Toyo System.
- the all solid state secondary battery was charged at a current value of 0.2 mA until the battery voltage reached 4.2 V, and then discharged at a current value of 0.2 mA until the battery voltage reached 3.0 V.
- This charging / discharging was made into 1 cycle.
- This cycle was repeated, and the discharge capacity at the third cycle was defined as the discharge capacity of the all-solid-state secondary battery.
- This discharge capacity was converted to the discharge capacity when the positive electrode area was 100 cm 2 .
- the discharge capacity of 110 mAh or more is a passing level of this test.
- the all-solid secondary battery produced above was measured with a charge / discharge evaluation apparatus “TOSCAT-3000” (trade name) manufactured by Toyo System.
- the all solid state secondary battery was charged at a current value of 0.2 mA until the battery voltage reached 4.2 V, and then discharged at a current value of 2.0 mA until the battery voltage reached 3.0 V.
- the battery voltage 10 seconds after the start of discharge was read according to the following criteria to evaluate the resistance. A higher battery voltage indicates a lower resistance.
- the evaluation criteria are shown below. Rank C or higher is the passing level of this test.
- the all-solid-state secondary battery without the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet produced from the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention has high resistance and inferior battery voltage (c01- c03).
- the all-solid-state secondary battery having the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet manufactured from the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention has low resistance and excellent battery voltage (101 to 123).
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Electrochemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Manufacturing & Machinery (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
- Secondary Cells (AREA)
- Conductive Materials (AREA)
- Battery Electrode And Active Subsutance (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本発明は、固体電解質組成物、全固体二次電池用シート及び全固体二次電池、並びに、全固体二次電池用シート若しくは全固体二次電池の製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a solid electrolyte composition, an all-solid secondary battery sheet and an all-solid secondary battery, and a method for producing an all-solid secondary battery sheet or an all-solid secondary battery.
リチウムイオン二次電池は、負極と、正極と、負極及び正極の間に挟まれた電解質とを有し、両極間にリチウムイオンを往復移動させることにより充電、放電を可能とした蓄電池である。リチウムイオン二次電池には、従来、電解質として有機電解液が用いられてきた。しかし、有機電解液は液漏れを生じやすく、また、過充電、過放電により電池内部で短絡が生じ発火するおそれもあり、信頼性と安全性のさらなる向上が求められている。
このような状況の下、有機電解液に代えて、無機固体電解質を用いた全固体二次電池が注目されている。全固体二次電池は負極、電解質、正極の全てが固体からなり、有機電解液を用いた電池の課題とされる安全性及び信頼性を大きく改善することができ、また長寿命化も可能になるとされる。更に、全固体二次電池は、電極と電解質を直接並べて直列に配した構造とすることができる。そのため、有機電解液を用いた二次電池に比べて高エネルギー密度化が可能となり、電気自動車又は大型蓄電池等への応用が期待されている。
A lithium ion secondary battery is a storage battery that has a negative electrode, a positive electrode, and an electrolyte sandwiched between the negative electrode and the positive electrode, and can be charged and discharged by reciprocating lithium ions between the two electrodes. Conventionally, an organic electrolytic solution has been used as an electrolyte in a lithium ion secondary battery. However, the organic electrolyte is liable to leak, and there is a possibility that a short circuit occurs inside the battery due to overcharge and overdischarge, resulting in ignition, and further improvement in reliability and safety is required.
Under such circumstances, an all-solid secondary battery using an inorganic solid electrolyte instead of an organic electrolyte has been attracting attention. The all-solid-state secondary battery is composed of a solid negative electrode, electrolyte, and positive electrode, which can greatly improve safety and reliability, which are the problems of batteries using organic electrolytes, and can also extend the service life. It will be. Furthermore, the all-solid-state secondary battery can have a structure in which an electrode and an electrolyte are directly arranged in series. Therefore, it is possible to increase the energy density as compared with a secondary battery using an organic electrolyte, and application to an electric vehicle or a large storage battery is expected.
このような全固体二次電池において、無機固体電解質等の固体粒子間の結着性、電池を構成する層間の結着性、及び/又は、活物質層と集電体との結着性(以下、「固体粒子間等の結着性」とも記載する。)を高めることにより電池性能を向上させることが行われている。固体粒子間等の結着性を高めるため、負極活物質層、固体電解質層、及び正極活物質層のいずれかの電池の構成層を、無機固体電解質とバインダ(結着剤)とを含有する材料で形成することが、提案されている。このような材料として、例えば、特許文献1には、特定の無機固体電解質と、平均粒径が10nm以上50,000nm以下であり、イオン伝導性物質を内包するバインダ粒子と、分散媒とを含む固体電解質組成物が記載されている。この固体電解質組成物を、構成層を構成する材料として用いることにより、得られる全固体二次電池において、固体粒子間等の結着性を高め、抵抗を低減し、放電容量維持率を向上させることができるとされる。また、特許文献2には、無機固体電解質と、イオン伝導性高分子と、アルカリ金属塩、及び沸点が100~250℃のエーテル又は/及びケトン系溶剤を含む全固体二次電池用スラリーが記載されている。この固体電解質組成物を、構成層を構成する材料として用いることにより、得られる全固体二次電池が均一な構成層を有し、電池の寿命を延ばすことができるとされる。
In such all-solid secondary batteries, the binding between solid particles such as inorganic solid electrolytes, the binding between the layers constituting the battery, and / or the binding between the active material layer and the current collector ( Hereinafter, it is also described as “binding property between solid particles”, etc.) to improve battery performance. In order to enhance the binding property between solid particles and the like, the battery constituent layer of the negative electrode active material layer, the solid electrolyte layer, and the positive electrode active material layer contains an inorganic solid electrolyte and a binder (binder). It has been proposed to form with materials. As such a material, for example,
全固体二次電池の実用化に向けて、抵抗の低減及び放電容量等の電池性能の向上とともに、全固体二次電池を量産するための検討も行われている。上記各特許文献に記載の全固体二次電池よりも電池性能を向上させるために、固体粒子間等の結着性を一層向上させることが求められる。また、固体電解質層及び/又は電極活物質層を有する全固体二次電池用シートは、ロールで巻き取られた状態で流通され、このロールを解いて全固体二次電池を製造(量産)する形態が望ましいと予想されている。一度に運搬するシート面積を増やすため、全固体二次電池用シートに、従来よりも小さい屈曲半径で屈曲させても(ロール状に巻きとっても)固体電解質層及び/又は電極活物質層にヒビ、割れ等の損傷が生じにくい特性を付与することが求められる。そのためにも、従来技術よりも固体粒子間等の結着性を向上させることが必要である。 In preparation for practical application of all-solid-state secondary batteries, studies are underway to mass-produce all-solid-state secondary batteries as well as reducing battery resistance and improving battery performance such as discharge capacity. In order to improve the battery performance as compared with the all-solid secondary battery described in each of the above patent documents, it is required to further improve the binding property between the solid particles. Moreover, the sheet | seat for all-solid-state secondary batteries which has a solid electrolyte layer and / or an electrode active material layer is distribute | circulated in the state wound up with the roll, This roll is unwound and an all-solid-state secondary battery is manufactured (mass production). Form is expected to be desirable. In order to increase the sheet area to be transported at once, even if the sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery is bent with a smaller bending radius than the conventional sheet (even when wound in a roll shape), the solid electrolyte layer and / or the electrode active material layer is cracked. It is required to impart properties that are difficult to cause damage such as cracks. Therefore, it is necessary to improve the binding property between solid particles and the like as compared with the prior art.
本発明は、全固体二次電池用シートの構成層を構成する材料として用いることにより、得られる全固体二次電池用シートにおいて、小さい屈曲半径で屈曲させてロール状に巻き取り、ロール状態を解いても、固体電解質層及び/又は電極活物質層に損傷が生じにくくすることができる固体電解質組成物を提供することを課題とする。また、本発明は、全固体二次電池の構成層を構成する材料として用いることにより、得られる全固体二次電池において、抵抗の低減と優れた放電容量を実現できる固体電解質組成物を提供することを課題とする。さらに、本発明は、この固体電解質組成物を用いた、全固体二次電池用シート及び全固体二次電池、並びに、全固体二次電池用シート及び全固体二次電池それぞれの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。 The present invention uses an all-solid-state secondary battery sheet as a material constituting the constituent layer of the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet, so that the obtained all-solid-state secondary battery sheet is bent at a small bending radius and wound into a roll. Even if it solves, it makes it a subject to provide the solid electrolyte composition which can make a solid electrolyte layer and / or an electrode active material layer hard to produce a damage. In addition, the present invention provides a solid electrolyte composition capable of realizing a reduction in resistance and an excellent discharge capacity in the obtained all-solid-state secondary battery by using it as a material constituting the constituent layer of the all-solid-state secondary battery. This is the issue. Furthermore, the present invention provides an all-solid-state secondary battery sheet and an all-solid-state secondary battery, and an all-solid-state secondary battery sheet and an all-solid-state secondary battery manufacturing method using this solid electrolyte composition. The task is to do.
本発明者らは、種々検討を重ねた結果、特定の構造を有する添加剤と、特定の金属の塩と、特定の無機固体電解質と、特定の架橋構造を有するバインダ粒子を分散媒に分散させた固体電解質組成物を用いて全固体二次電池用シート又は全固体二次電池を構成する層(構成層)を形成することにより上記損傷を生じにくくすることができ、さらに、上記の特定の添加剤を除かないで構成層中に含有した状態であっても、全固体二次電池に優れた電池性能を付与できること、を見出した。本発明はこれらの知見に基づき更に検討を重ね、完成されるに至ったものである。 As a result of various studies, the inventors have dispersed an additive having a specific structure, a specific metal salt, a specific inorganic solid electrolyte, and a binder particle having a specific cross-linked structure in a dispersion medium. The above-mentioned damage can be made difficult to occur by forming a sheet for an all-solid secondary battery or a layer (constituting layer) constituting the all-solid-state secondary battery using the solid electrolyte composition. It has been found that even if it is in a state of being contained in the constituent layer without removing the additive, it is possible to impart excellent battery performance to the all-solid secondary battery. The present invention has been further studied based on these findings and has been completed.
すなわち、上記の課題は以下の手段により解決された。
<1>
下記式(1)で表される添加剤と、周期律表第1族若しくは第2族に属する金属の塩と、周期律表第1族若しくは第2族に属する金属のイオンの伝導性を有する無機固体電解質と、下記式(2)で表される部分構造を有する重合体を含むバインダ粒子と、分散媒とを含む固体電解質組成物。
L1はアルキレン基又はアリーレン基を示す。Yは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-S-、-N(Rs)-、-P(=O)(ORt)-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、又は、-O-、-S-、-N(Rs)-、-P(=O)(ORt)-及びC(=O)-から選択される基の少なくとも2つが組み合わされた2価の連結基を示す。ここで、Rs及びRtは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基である。nが2以上の整数のとき、-L1-Y-の繰り返し部分は互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
<1>
Conductivity of an additive represented by the following formula (1), a salt of a metal belonging to
L 1 represents an alkylene group or an arylene group. Y represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P (═O) (ORt) —, —C (═O) —, —C (═S) —. Or a divalent combination of at least two groups selected from —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P (═O) (ORt) —, and C (═O) —. A linking group is shown. Here, Rs and Rt are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. When n is an integer of 2 or more, the repeating parts of -L 1 -Y- may be the same as or different from each other.
<2>
上記添加剤の分子量が10,000未満である、<1>に記載の固体電解質組成物。
<3>
上記添加剤と上記金属の塩との比が、質量比で、添加剤:金属の塩=1:0.1~0.1:1である、<1>又は<2>に記載の固体電解質組成物。
<2>
The solid electrolyte composition according to <1>, wherein the additive has a molecular weight of less than 10,000.
<3>
The solid electrolyte according to <1> or <2>, wherein the ratio of the additive to the metal salt is, by mass ratio, additive: metal salt = 1: 0.1 to 0.1: 1 Composition.
<4>
上記重合体が、下記式(3)で表される構造を少なくとも1つ有する、<1>~<3>のいずれか1つに記載の固体電解質組成物。
The solid electrolyte composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein the polymer has at least one structure represented by the following formula (3).
<5>
上記重合体が、下記式(4)で表される構造を少なくとも1つ有する、<1>~<4>のいずれか1つに記載の固体電解質組成物。
The solid electrolyte composition according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein the polymer has at least one structure represented by the following formula (4).
<6>
上記重合体のガラス転移温度が-100~80℃である、<1>~<5>のいずれか1つに記載の固体電解質組成物。
<7>
固体電解質組成物に含まれる上記添加剤と、上記バインダ粒子と、上記金属の塩からなる混合物のガラス転移温度が-120~40℃である、<1>~<6>のいずれか1つに記載の固体電解質組成物。
<8>
上記重合体が、下記官能基群から選ばれる官能基を少なくとも1つ有する、<1>~<7>のいずれか1つに記載の固体電解質組成物。
[官能基群]
酸性官能基、塩基性官能基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、アルコキシシリル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、3環以上が縮環した炭化水素環基。
<9>
上記重合体の内部に上記金属の塩を有する、<1>~<8>のいずれか1つに記載の固体電解質組成物。
<10>
上記無機固体電解質が硫化物系無機固体電解質である、<1>~<9>のいずれか1つに記載の固体電解質組成物。
<11>
活物質を含む、<1>~<10>のいずれか1つに記載の固体電解質組成物。
<6>
The solid electrolyte composition according to any one of <1> to <5>, wherein the polymer has a glass transition temperature of −100 to 80 ° C.
<7>
<1> to <6>, wherein the glass transition temperature of the mixture comprising the additive, the binder particles, and the metal salt contained in the solid electrolyte composition is −120 to 40 ° C. The solid electrolyte composition described.
<8>
The solid electrolyte composition according to any one of <1> to <7>, wherein the polymer has at least one functional group selected from the following functional group group.
[Functional group group]
An acidic functional group, a basic functional group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed.
<9>
The solid electrolyte composition according to any one of <1> to <8>, wherein the metal salt is contained inside the polymer.
<10>
The solid electrolyte composition according to any one of <1> to <9>, wherein the inorganic solid electrolyte is a sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte.
<11>
The solid electrolyte composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, comprising an active material.
<12>
<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の固体電解質組成物で構成した層を有する全固体二次電池用シート。
<13>
1気圧下200℃6時間加熱した場合に、上記層中に上記添加剤を質量基準で100ppm以上含有する、<12>に記載の全固体二次電池用シート。
<14>
正極活物質層と固体電解質層と負極活物質層とをこの順で具備する全固体二次電池であって、
上記正極活物質層、上記固体電解質層及び上記負極活物質層の少なくとも1つの層が、<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の固体電解質組成物で構成した層である全固体二次電池。
<15>
<1>~<11>のいずれか1つに記載の固体電解質組成物を製膜する全固体二次電池用シートの製造方法。
<16>
<15>に記載の製造方法を介して全固体二次電池を製造する全固体二次電池の製造方法。
<12>
<1>-<11> A sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery having a layer composed of the solid electrolyte composition according to any one of <11>.
<13>
The sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery according to <12>, wherein the layer contains the above additive in an amount of 100 ppm or more on a mass basis when heated at 200 ° C. for 6 hours at 1 atm.
<14>
An all solid state secondary battery comprising a positive electrode active material layer, a solid electrolyte layer, and a negative electrode active material layer in this order,
All solids in which at least one of the positive electrode active material layer, the solid electrolyte layer, and the negative electrode active material layer is a layer composed of the solid electrolyte composition according to any one of <1> to <11> Secondary battery.
<15>
<1>-<11> The manufacturing method of the sheet | seat for all-solid-state secondary batteries which forms the solid electrolyte composition as described in any one of <11>.
<16>
The manufacturing method of an all-solid-state secondary battery which manufactures an all-solid-state secondary battery via the manufacturing method as described in <15>.
本発明の固体電解質組成物は、全固体二次電池用シートの構成層を構成する材料として用いることにより、得られる全固体二次電池用シートにおいて、小さい屈曲半径で屈曲させてロール状に巻き取り、ロール状態を解いても、固体電解質層及び/又は電極活物質層に損傷が生じにくくすることができる。また、本発明の固体電解質組成物は、全固体二次電池の構成層を構成する材料として用いることにより、得られる全固体二次電池において、抵抗の低減と優れた放電容量を実現できる。本発明の全固体二次電池用シートは、小さい屈曲半径で屈曲させてロール状に巻き取り、ロール状態を解いても、固体電解質層及び/又は電極活物質層に損傷が生じにくい。本発明の全固体二次電池は低抵抗で優れた放電容量を示す。また、本発明の全固体二次電池用シート及び全固体二次電池それぞれの製造方法は、上記優れた特性を示す本発明の全固体二次電池用シート及び全固体二次電池を製造することができる。 By using the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention as a material constituting the constituent layer of the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet, the obtained all-solid-state secondary battery sheet is bent at a small bending radius and wound into a roll. Even if the roll state is released, the solid electrolyte layer and / or the electrode active material layer can be hardly damaged. In addition, by using the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention as a material constituting the constituent layer of the all-solid secondary battery, it is possible to realize a reduction in resistance and an excellent discharge capacity in the obtained all-solid secondary battery. Even if the sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention is bent with a small bending radius and wound into a roll shape and the roll state is released, the solid electrolyte layer and / or the electrode active material layer is hardly damaged. The all solid state secondary battery of the present invention has a low resistance and an excellent discharge capacity. Moreover, the manufacturing method of the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet | seat and all-solid-state secondary battery of this invention manufactures the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet | seat and all-solid-state secondary battery of this invention which show the said outstanding characteristic, respectively. Can do.
本明細書において、「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
本明細書において、単に「アクリル」又は「(メタ)アクリル」と記載するときは、アクリル及び/又はメタクリルを意味する。
本明細書において化合物の表示(例えば、化合物と末尾に付して呼ぶとき)については、この化合物そのもののほか、その塩、そのイオンを含む意味に用いる。また、所望の効果を奏する範囲で、置換基を導入するなど一部を変化させた誘導体を含む意味である。
本明細書において置換又は無置換を明記していない置換基(連結基についても同様)については、その基に適宜の置換基を有していてもよい意味である。これは置換又は無置換を明記していない化合物についても同義である。このような置換基として後述の置換基Tが挙げられる。
本明細書において、単に、YYY基と記載されている場合、YYY基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。
本明細書において、特定の符号で示された置換基や連結基等(以下、置換基等という)が複数あるとき、あるいは複数の置換基等を同時若しくは択一的に規定するときには、それぞれの置換基等は互いに同一でも異なっていてもよいことを意味する。また、特に断らない場合であっても、複数の置換基等が隣接するときにはそれらが互いに連結したり縮環したりして環を形成していてもよい意味である。
In the present specification, a numerical range expressed using “to” means a range including numerical values described before and after “to” as a lower limit value and an upper limit value.
In the present specification, when “acryl” or “(meth) acryl” is simply described, it means acrylic and / or methacrylic.
In the present specification, the indication of a compound (for example, when referring to a compound with a suffix) is used to mean that the compound itself, its salt, and its ion are included. In addition, it is meant to include derivatives in which a part thereof is changed, such as introduction of a substituent, within a range where a desired effect is exhibited.
In the present specification, a substituent that does not specify substitution or non-substitution (the same applies to a linking group) means that the group may have an appropriate substituent. This is also synonymous for compounds that do not specify substitution or non-substitution. Examples of such a substituent include the substituent T described later.
In this specification, when it is simply described as a YYY group, the YYY group may further have a substituent.
In the present specification, when there are a plurality of substituents, linking groups, etc. (hereinafter referred to as substituents, etc.) indicated by specific symbols, or when a plurality of substituents etc. are specified simultaneously or alternatively, It means that a substituent etc. may mutually be same or different. In addition, even when not specifically stated, when a plurality of substituents and the like are adjacent to each other, they may be connected to each other or condensed to form a ring.
[固体電解質組成物]
本発明の固体電解質組成物は、後述の式(1)で表される添加剤と、周期律表第1族若しくは第2族に属する金属の塩と、周期律表第1族若しくは第2族に属する金属のイオンの伝導性を有する無機固体電解質と、下記式(2)で表される部分構造を有するバインダ粒子と、分散媒とを含む。
本発明の固体電解質組成物は、全固体二次電池用シート又は全固体二次電池の固体電解質層又は活物質層の成形材料として好ましく用いることができる。
[Solid electrolyte composition]
The solid electrolyte composition of the present invention includes an additive represented by the following formula (1), a salt of a metal belonging to
The solid electrolyte composition of the present invention can be preferably used as a molding material for an all-solid secondary battery sheet or a solid electrolyte layer or an active material layer of an all-solid secondary battery.
本発明の固体電解質組成物において、添加剤と、金属の塩と、無機固体電解質と、バインダ粒子と、分散媒とを含有する態様(混合態様)は、特に制限されないが、分散媒中に各成分が分散していてもよく、添加剤、金属の塩、及びバインダ粒子の一部又は全部が凝集した混合物として存在してもよい。この混合物は複合体であってもよい。複合体としては、後述する、重合体の内部に金属の塩を有する態様等が挙げられる。また、金属の塩は解離していてもよい。 In the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention, the mode (mixing mode) containing the additive, the metal salt, the inorganic solid electrolyte, the binder particles, and the dispersion medium is not particularly limited. The components may be dispersed and may be present as a mixture in which some or all of the additives, metal salts, and binder particles are aggregated. This mixture may be a composite. Examples of the composite include an embodiment having a metal salt inside the polymer, which will be described later. The metal salt may be dissociated.
本発明の固体電解質組成物が上述の効果を奏する理由はまだ定かではないが以下のように推定される。
本発明の固体電解質組成物は、分散媒中に、添加剤と金属の塩とバインダ粒子とを組み合わせて含有することにより、全固体二次電池用シート又は全固体二次電池の構成層の成形材料として用いると、添加剤が揮発又は蒸発等して除去されきることなく上記構成層中に保持される。上記構成層中に添加剤が存在することにより、特定の構造(酸素原子及び窒素原子の少なくとも1種を含むs価の連結基からなる構造)を有するバインダ粒子を構成する重合体に適度な柔軟性を付与し、バインダ粒子を構成する重合体の形状保持性と固形成分に対する濡れ性とを両立させ、上記構成層におけるイオン伝導性及び電子伝導性を向上させることができると考えられる。これらの作用が相俟って、本発明の固体電解質組成物を用いて、全固体二次電池用シート又は全固体二次電池の構成層を構成したときに、固体粒子同士の強固な結着と、固体粒子同士の良好な接触による低抵抗化とをバランスよく発揮し、全固体二次電池の放電容量を向上させることができると考えられる。
The reason why the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention exhibits the above-mentioned effects is not yet clear, but is estimated as follows.
The solid electrolyte composition of the present invention contains an additive, a metal salt, and binder particles in a dispersion medium in combination, thereby forming a sheet for an all-solid secondary battery or a constituent layer of an all-solid secondary battery. When used as a material, the additive is retained in the constituent layer without being removed by volatilization or evaporation. Due to the presence of the additive in the constituent layer, the polymer constituting the binder particles having a specific structure (a structure composed of an s-valent linking group containing at least one kind of oxygen atom and nitrogen atom) has an appropriate flexibility. It is considered that the ionic conductivity and the electronic conductivity in the above-mentioned constituent layer can be improved by making the properties of the polymer constituting the binder particles compatible with the wettability with respect to the solid component. Combined with these actions, when the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention is used to form the all-solid secondary battery sheet or the constituent layer of the all-solid secondary battery, the solid particles are firmly bound to each other. In addition, it is considered that the reduction in resistance due to good contact between the solid particles can be exhibited in a balanced manner, and the discharge capacity of the all-solid secondary battery can be improved.
本発明の固体電解質組成物は、特に制限されないが、含水率(水分含有量ともいう。)が、500ppm以下であることが好ましく、200ppm以下であることがより好ましく、100ppm以下であることが更に好ましく、50ppm以下であることが特に好ましい。固体電解質組成物の含水率が少ないと、無機固体電解質の劣化を抑制することができる。含水量は、固体電解質組成物中に含有している水の量(固体電解質組成物に対する質量割合)を示し、具体的には、0.02μmのメンブレンフィルターでろ過し、カールフィッシャー滴定を用いて測定された値とする。 The solid electrolyte composition of the present invention is not particularly limited, but the moisture content (also referred to as water content) is preferably 500 ppm or less, more preferably 200 ppm or less, and further preferably 100 ppm or less. It is preferably 50 ppm or less. When the water content of the solid electrolyte composition is small, deterioration of the inorganic solid electrolyte can be suppressed. The water content indicates the amount of water contained in the solid electrolyte composition (mass ratio with respect to the solid electrolyte composition). Specifically, the water content is filtered through a 0.02 μm membrane filter, and Karl Fischer titration is used. The measured value.
以下、本発明の固体電解質組成物が含有する成分及び含有しうる成分について説明する。 Hereinafter, components contained in the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention and components that can be contained will be described.
<添加剤>
添加剤は、下記式(1)で表される化合物からなる。
<Additives>
An additive consists of a compound represented by following formula (1).
式(1)中、R1及びR2は、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基又はアシル基を示す。nは1以上の整数を示す。Xは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-S-又は単結合を示す。R1とR2は互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
L1はアルキレン基又はアリーレン基を示す。Yは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-S-、-N(Rs)-、-P(=O)(ORt)-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、又は、-O-、-S-、-N(Rs)-、-P(=O)(ORt)-及びC(=O)-から選択される基の少なくとも2つが組み合わされた2価の連結基を示す。L1及びYがともにアルキレン基であることはない。Yは、-O-、-S-、-N(Rs)-、-P(=O)(ORt)-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-、又は、-O-、-S-、-N(Rs)-、-P(=O)(ORt)-及びC(=O)-から選択される基の少なくとも2つが組み合わされた2価の連結基を示すことが好ましい。ここで、Rs及びRtは各々独立に、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基である。
なお、nが2以上の整数のとき、-L1-Y-の繰り返し部分は互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
In formula (1), R 1 and R 2 represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, or an acyl group. n represents an integer of 1 or more. X represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —S— or a single bond. R 1 and R 2 may combine with each other to form a ring.
L 1 represents an alkylene group or an arylene group. Y represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P (═O) (ORt) —, —C (═O) —, —C (═S) —. Or a divalent combination of at least two groups selected from —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P (═O) (ORt) —, and C (═O) —. A linking group is shown. L 1 and Y are not both alkylene groups. Y represents —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P (═O) (ORt) —, —C (═O) —, —C (═S) —, or —O—. , —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P (═O) (ORt) — and C (═O) — represent a divalent linking group in which at least two groups selected from the group are combined. preferable. Here, Rs and Rt are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group.
When n is an integer of 2 or more, the repeating parts of -L 1 -Y- may be the same or different.
XとYは以下の組み合わせが好ましい。
Xが-O-、Yが-O-の組み合わせ、Xが-S-、Yが-S-の組み合わせ、Xがアルキレン、Yが-C(=O)-O-の組み合わせ、Xが単結合、Yが-O-C(=O)-O-の組み合わせ、Xがアルキレン、Yが-O-C(=O)-O-の組み合わせ。
X and Y are preferably the following combinations.
X is —O—, Y is —O—, X is —S—, Y is —S—, X is alkylene, Y is —C (═O) —O—, X is a single bond , Y is a combination of —O—C (═O) —O—, X is an alkylene, and Y is a combination of —O—C (═O) —O—.
R1及びR2で示されるアルキル基は直鎖、分岐及び環状のいずれでもよく、炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1がさらに好ましい。アルキル基の具体例として、メチル、エチル、i-プロピル、t-ブチル、ペンチル及びシクロヘキシルが挙げられ、メチルが好ましい。 The alkyl group represented by R 1 and R 2 may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl, ethyl, i-propyl, t-butyl, pentyl and cyclohexyl, and methyl is preferred.
R1及びR2で示されるアリール基は、炭素数6~16のアリール基が好ましく、炭素数6~14のアリール基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリール基がさらに好ましく、例えば、フェニル及びナフチルが挙げられ、フェニルが好ましい。 The aryl group represented by R 1 and R 2 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, still more preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenyl And naphthyl, and phenyl is preferred.
R1及びR2で示されるアシル基は、アルキルカルボニル基及びアリールカルボニル基が好ましい。アルキルカルボニル基のアルキル基は、上記アルキル基と同義であり好ましい範囲も同じである。アリールカルボニル基のアリール基は、上記アリール基と同義であり好ましい範囲も同じである。 The acyl group represented by R 1 and R 2 is preferably an alkylcarbonyl group or an arylcarbonyl group. The alkyl group of the alkylcarbonyl group is synonymous with the above alkyl group, and the preferred range is also the same. The aryl group of the arylcarbonyl group is synonymous with the above aryl group, and the preferred range is also the same.
nは、1~50の整数が好ましく、1~20の整数がより好ましく、1~10がさらに好ましい。 N is preferably an integer of 1 to 50, more preferably an integer of 1 to 20, and still more preferably 1 to 10.
Xで示されるアルキレン基は直鎖、分岐及び環状のいずれでもよく、炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましく、1~3がさらに好ましい。アルキレン基の具体例として、メチレン、エチレン、トリメチレン、2-メチルトリメチレン及びシクロヘキシレンが挙げられる。 The alkylene group represented by X may be linear, branched or cyclic, and preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 5 and even more preferably 1 to 3. Specific examples of the alkylene group include methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene and cyclohexylene.
Xで示されるアリーレン基は、炭素数6~16のアリーレン基が好ましく、炭素数6~14のアリーレン基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアリーレン基がさらに好ましく、例えば、フェニレン及びナフチレンが挙げられ、フェニレンが好ましい。 The arylene group represented by X is preferably an arylene group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, still more preferably an arylene group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, such as phenylene and naphthylene. And phenylene is preferred.
L1で示されるアルキレン基及びアリーレン基は、Xで示されるアルキレン基及びアリーレン基と同義であり好ましい範囲も同じである。 The alkylene group and arylene group represented by L 1 are synonymous with the alkylene group and arylene group represented by X, and the preferred range is also the same.
Yで示されるアルキレン基及びアリーレン基は、Xで示されるアルキレン基及びアリーレン基と同義であり好ましい範囲も同じである。 The alkylene group and arylene group represented by Y are synonymous with the alkylene group and arylene group represented by X, and the preferred range is also the same.
Rs及びRtで示されるアルキル基及びアリール基は、R1及びR2で示されるアルキル基及びアリール基と同義であり好ましい範囲も同じである。 The alkyl group and aryl group represented by Rs and Rt are synonymous with the alkyl group and aryl group represented by R 1 and R 2 , and the preferred range is also the same.
-O-、-S-、-N(Rs)-、-P(=O)(ORt)-および-C(=O)-から選択される基の少なくとも2つが組み合わされた2価の連結基としては、例えば、-C(=O)-O-、-O-C(=O)-、-O-C(=O)-O-、-C(=O)-S-、-S-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-S-、-S-C(=S)-、-S-C(=O)-O-、-S-C(=O)-S-、-S-C(=S)-S-、-C(=O)-N(Rs)-、-N(Rs)-C(=O)-、-N(Rs)-C(=O)-N(Rs)-、-O-C(=O)-N(Rs)-、-N(Rs)-C(=O)-O-、-C(=S)-N(Rs)-、-N(Rs)-C(=S)-、-N(Rs)-C(=S)-N(Rs)-、-O-C(=S)-N(Rs)-、-N(Rs)-C(=S)-O-、-P(=O)(ORt)-O-、-O-P(=O)(ORt)-などが挙げられる。 A divalent linking group in which at least two groups selected from —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P (═O) (ORt) — and —C (═O) — are combined. For example, —C (═O) —O—, —O—C (═O) —, —O—C (═O) —O—, —C (═O) —S—, —S— C (= O)-, -C (= S) -S-, -SC (= S)-, -SC (= O) -O-, -SC (= O) -S- , -SC (= S) -S-, -C (= O) -N (Rs)-, -N (Rs) -C (= O)-, -N (Rs) -C (= O) —N (Rs) —, —O—C (═O) —N (Rs) —, —N (Rs) —C (═O) —O—, —C (═S) —N (Rs) —, -N (Rs) -C (= S)-, -N (Rs) -C (= S) -N (Rs)-, -O-C (= S) -N (Rs)-, -N ( s) -C (= S) -O -, - P (= O) (ORt) -O -, - O-P (= O) (ORt) -, and the like.
添加剤の分子量は、10,000未満が好ましく、5,000以下がより好ましく、2,000以下がより好ましく、1,000以下がさらに好ましい。下限は、50以上が好ましく、100以上がより好ましく、150以上がさらに好ましい。
添加剤が分子量分布を有する場合、「添加剤の分子量」とは質量平均分子量を意味する。また、質量平均分子量/数平均分子量(多分散性指数Mw/Mn)は、10以下が好ましく、5以下がより好ましく、3未満がさらに好ましい。下限は、1以上が好ましい。
分子量又はMw/Mnが上記範囲にあることにより、全固体二次電池用シートに膜強度をより向上させることができる。
なお、添加剤の質量平均分子量及び数平均分子量は、後述の重合体及びマクロモノマーの分子量の測定方法と同様にして測定することができる。
The molecular weight of the additive is preferably less than 10,000, more preferably 5,000 or less, more preferably 2,000 or less, and even more preferably 1,000 or less. The lower limit is preferably 50 or more, more preferably 100 or more, and still more preferably 150 or more.
When the additive has a molecular weight distribution, “molecular weight of the additive” means a mass average molecular weight. Further, the mass average molecular weight / number average molecular weight (polydispersity index Mw / Mn) is preferably 10 or less, more preferably 5 or less, and even more preferably less than 3. The lower limit is preferably 1 or more.
When the molecular weight or Mw / Mn is in the above range, the film strength of the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet can be further improved.
The mass average molecular weight and number average molecular weight of the additive can be measured in the same manner as in the method for measuring the molecular weight of the polymer and macromonomer described later.
以下、添加剤の具体例を記載するが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。なお、例示化合物中のn1は5~上記nの上限以下の整数を示し、n2は上記nと同義である。 Hereinafter, although the specific example of an additive is described, this invention is not limited to these. In the exemplified compounds, n1 represents an integer from 5 to the upper limit of n, and n2 has the same meaning as n.
添加剤は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。本発明の固体電解質組成物に含まれる添加剤と固形分とを合わせた含有量中、添加剤と、金属の塩と、バインダ粒子とを合計で0.05~20質量%含有することが好ましく、0.1~15質量%がより好ましく、0.1~10質量%がさらに好ましい。
本明細書において、固形分(固形成分)とは、固体電解質組成物を、1mmHgの気圧下、窒素雰囲気下170℃で6時間乾燥処理したときに、揮発又は蒸発して消失しない成分をいう。なお、添加剤は消失しない上記条件で焼失しない成分であっても、上記固形分に含めないものとする。
また、添加剤と金属の塩とバインダ粒子からなる混合物中、バインダ粒子の含有量は、30~99質量%含有することが好ましく、40~90質量%がより好ましく、55~85質量%がさらに好ましい。
An additive may be used individually by 1 type and may be used in combination of 2 or more type. In the total content of the additive and the solid content contained in the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention, it is preferable to contain 0.05 to 20% by mass of the additive, the metal salt, and the binder particles in total. 0.1 to 15% by mass is more preferable, and 0.1 to 10% by mass is more preferable.
In this specification, solid content (solid component) means the component which does not lose | disappear by volatilizing or evaporating, when a solid electrolyte composition is dried at 170 degreeC under a nitrogen atmosphere at 170 degreeC for 1 hour. In addition, even if it is a component which does not burn out on the said conditions which do not lose | disappear, an additive shall not be included in the said solid content.
Further, in the mixture composed of the additive, the metal salt and the binder particles, the content of the binder particles is preferably 30 to 99% by mass, more preferably 40 to 90% by mass, and further 55 to 85% by mass. preferable.
本発明の固体電解質組成物中、添加剤と金属の塩との含有量の比(添加剤:金属の塩)が質量比で1:0.1~0.1:1が好ましく、1:0.3~0.3:1がより好ましく、1:0.5~0.5:1がさらに好ましい。上記含有量の比が上記範囲にあることにより、膜強度をより向上させることができる。 In the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention, the content ratio of the additive to the metal salt (additive: metal salt) is preferably 1: 0.1 to 0.1: 1 by mass ratio, preferably 1: 0. More preferred is 3 to 0.3: 1, and further more preferred is 1: 0.5 to 0.5: 1. When the content ratio is in the above range, the film strength can be further improved.
<金属の塩>
本発明に用いられる金属の塩としては、通常この種の製品に用いられる金属の塩が好ましく、リチウムの塩がより好ましい。以下に、金属の塩の具体例を記載する。
<Metal salt>
The metal salt used in the present invention is preferably a metal salt usually used in this type of product, and more preferably a lithium salt. Specific examples of metal salts are described below.
(L-1)無機リチウム塩:LiPF6、LiBF4、LiAsF6、LiSbF6、LiN(FSO2)2等の無機フッ化物塩;LiClO4、LiBrO4、LiIO4等の過ハロゲン酸塩;LiAlCl4等の無機塩化物塩等。 (L-1) Inorganic lithium salts: inorganic fluoride salts such as LiPF 6 , LiBF 4 , LiAsF 6 , LiSbF 6 , LiN (FSO 2 ) 2 ; perhalogenates such as LiClO 4 , LiBrO 4 , LiIO 4 ; LiAlCl inorganic chloride salts such as 4.
(L-2)含フッ素有機リチウム塩:LiCF3CO2等のパーフルオロアルカンカルボン酸塩、LiCF3SO3等のパーフルオロアルカンスルホン酸塩;LiN(CF3SO2)2、LiN(CF3SO2)(FSO2)、LiN(CF3CF2SO2)2、LiN(CF3SO2)(C4F9SO2)等のパーフルオロアルカンスルホニルイミド塩;LiC(CF3SO2)3等のパーフルオロアルカンスルホニルメチド塩;Li[PF5(CF2CF2CF3)]、Li[PF4(CF2CF2CF3)2]、Li[PF3(CF2CF2CF3)3]、Li[PF5(CF2CF2CF2CF3)]、Li[PF4(CF2CF2CF2CF3)2]、Li[PF3(CF2CF2CF2CF3)3]等のフルオロアルキルフッ化リン酸塩等。
(L-2) Fluorine-containing organic lithium salt: perfluoroalkane carboxylate such as LiCF 3 CO 2 , perfluoroalkane sulfonate such as LiCF 3 SO 3 ; LiN (CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 , LiN (CF 3 Perfluoroalkanesulfonylimide salts such as SO 2 ) (FSO 2 ), LiN (CF 3 CF 2 SO 2 ) 2 , LiN (CF 3 SO 2 ) (C 4 F 9 SO 2 ); LiC (CF 3 SO 2 ) Perfluoroalkanesulfonylmethide salts such as 3 ; Li [PF 5 (CF 2 CF 2 CF 3 )], Li [PF 4 (CF 2 CF 2 CF 3 ) 2 ], Li [PF 3 (CF 2 CF 2 CF 3) 3], Li [PF 5 (
(L-3)オキサラトボレート塩:リチウムビス(オキサラト)ボレート、リチウムジフルオロオキサラトボレート等。 (L-3) Oxalatoborate salt: lithium bis (oxalato) borate, lithium difluorooxalatoborate and the like.
(L-4)無機ナトリウム塩:NaPF6、NaBF4、NaAsF6、NaSbF6、NaN(FSO2)2等の無機フッ化物塩;NaClO4、NaBrO4、NaIO4等の過ハロゲン酸塩;NaAlCl4等の無機塩化物塩等。 (L-4) Inorganic sodium salts: inorganic fluoride salts such as NaPF 6 , NaBF 4 , NaAsF 6 , NaSbF 6 , NaN (FSO 2 ) 2 ; perhalogenates such as NaClO 4 , NaBrO 4 , NaIO 4 ; NaAlCl inorganic chloride salts such as 4.
これらの中でも、下記金属の塩が好ましい。 Of these, the following metal salts are preferred.
金属の塩は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 Metal salts may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
<無機固体電解質>
本発明の固体電解質組成物は、無機固体電解質を含有する。
本発明において、無機固体電解質とは、無機の固体電解質のことであり、固体電解質とは、その内部においてイオンを移動させることができる固体状の電解質のことである。主たるイオン伝導性材料として有機物を含むものではないことから、有機固体電解質(ポリエチレンオキシド(PEO)などに代表される高分子電解質、リチウムビス(トリフルオロメタンスルホニル)イミド(LiTFSI)などに代表される有機電解質塩)とは明確に区別される。また、無機固体電解質は定常状態では固体であるため、通常カチオン及びアニオンに解離又は遊離していない。この点で、電解液、又は、ポリマー中でカチオン及びアニオンが解離若しくは遊離している無機電解質塩(LiPF6、LiBF4、リチウムビス(フルオロスルホニル)イミド(LiFSI)、LiClなど)とも明確に区別される。無機固体電解質は周期律表第1族若しくは第2族に属する金属のイオンの伝導性を有するものであれば、特に限定されず、電子伝導性を有さないものが一般的である。本発明の全固体二次電池がリチウムイオン電池の場合、無機固体電解質は、リチウムイオンのイオン伝導性を有することが好ましい。
上記無機固体電解質は、全固体二次電池に通常使用される固体電解質材料を適宜選定して用いることができる。無機固体電解質は(i)硫化物系無機固体電解質と(ii)酸化物系無機固体電解質が代表例として挙げられる。本発明において、活物質と無機固体電解質との間により良好な界面を形成することができる観点等から、硫化物系無機固体電解質が好ましく用いられる。
<Inorganic solid electrolyte>
The solid electrolyte composition of the present invention contains an inorganic solid electrolyte.
In the present invention, the inorganic solid electrolyte is an inorganic solid electrolyte, and the solid electrolyte is a solid electrolyte capable of moving ions inside. Since it does not contain organic substances as the main ion conductive material, organic solid electrolytes (polymer electrolytes typified by polyethylene oxide (PEO), etc., organics typified by lithium bis (trifluoromethanesulfonyl) imide (LiTFSI), etc. It is clearly distinguished from the electrolyte salt). In addition, since the inorganic solid electrolyte is solid in a steady state, it is not usually dissociated or released into cations and anions. In this respect, it is also clearly distinguished from an electrolyte or an inorganic electrolyte salt (such as LiPF 6 , LiBF 4 , lithium bis (fluorosulfonyl) imide (LiFSI), LiCl, etc.) in which cations and anions are dissociated or liberated in the polymer. Is done. The inorganic solid electrolyte is not particularly limited as long as it has conductivity of ions of metals belonging to
As the inorganic solid electrolyte, a solid electrolyte material usually used for an all-solid secondary battery can be appropriately selected and used. Typical examples of inorganic solid electrolytes include (i) sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolytes and (ii) oxide-based inorganic solid electrolytes. In the present invention, a sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte is preferably used from the viewpoint that a better interface can be formed between the active material and the inorganic solid electrolyte.
(i)硫化物系無機固体電解質
硫化物系無機固体電解質は、硫黄原子(S)を含有し、かつ、周期律表第1族若しくは第2族に属する金属のイオン伝導性を有し、かつ、電子絶縁性を有するものが好ましい。硫化物系無機固体電解質は、元素として少なくともLi、S及びPを含有し、リチウムイオン伝導性を有しているものが好ましいが、目的又は場合に応じて、Li、S及びP以外の他の元素を含んでもよい。
(I) Sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte The sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte contains a sulfur atom (S) and has ion conductivity of a metal belonging to
硫化物系無機固体電解質としては、例えば、下記式(1)で示される組成を満たすリチウムイオン伝導性無機固体電解質が挙げられる。
La1Mb1Pc1Sd1Ae1 (1)
式中、LはLi、Na及びKから選択される元素を示し、Liが好ましい。Mは、B、Zn、Sn、Si、Cu、Ga、Sb、Al及びGeから選択される元素を示す。Aは、I、Br、Cl及びFから選択される元素を示す。a1~e1は各元素の組成比を示し、a1:b1:c1:d1:e1は1~12:0~5:1:2~12:0~10を満たす。a1は1~9が好ましく、1.5~7.5がより好ましい。b1は0~3が好ましく、0~1がより好ましい。d1は2.5~10が好ましく、3.0~8.5がより好ましい。e1は0~5が好ましく、0~3がより好ましい。
Examples of the sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte include a lithium ion conductive inorganic solid electrolyte that satisfies the composition represented by the following formula (1).
L a1 M b1 P c1 S d1 A e1 (1)
In the formula, L represents an element selected from Li, Na and K, and Li is preferred. M represents an element selected from B, Zn, Sn, Si, Cu, Ga, Sb, Al, and Ge. A represents an element selected from I, Br, Cl and F. a1 to e1 indicate the composition ratio of each element, and a1: b1: c1: d1: e1 satisfies 1 to 12: 0 to 5: 1: 2 to 12: 0 to 10. a1 is preferably 1 to 9, and more preferably 1.5 to 7.5. b1 is preferably 0 to 3, and more preferably 0 to 1. d1 is preferably 2.5 to 10, and more preferably 3.0 to 8.5. e1 is preferably from 0 to 5, and more preferably from 0 to 3.
各元素の組成比は、下記のように、硫化物系無機固体電解質を製造する際の原料化合物の配合量を調整することにより制御できる。 The composition ratio of each element can be controlled by adjusting the blending amount of the raw material compound when producing the sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte as described below.
硫化物系無機固体電解質は、非結晶(ガラス)であっても結晶化(ガラスセラミックス化)していてもよく、一部のみが結晶化していてもよい。例えば、Li、P及びSを含有するLi-P-S系ガラス、又はLi、P及びSを含有するLi-P-S系ガラスセラミックスを用いることができる。
硫化物系無機固体電解質は、例えば硫化リチウム(Li2S)、硫化リン(例えば五硫化二燐(P2S5))、単体燐、単体硫黄、硫化ナトリウム、硫化水素、ハロゲン化リチウム(例えばLiI、LiBr、LiCl)及び上記Mで表される元素の硫化物(例えばSiS2、SnS、GeS2)の中の少なくとも2つ以上の原料の反応により製造することができる。
The sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte may be amorphous (glass) or crystallized (glass ceramic), or only a part may be crystallized. For example, Li—PS system glass containing Li, P, and S, or Li—PS system glass ceramics containing Li, P, and S can be used.
The sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte includes, for example, lithium sulfide (Li 2 S), phosphorus sulfide (for example, diphosphorus pentasulfide (P 2 S 5 )), simple phosphorus, simple sulfur, sodium sulfide, hydrogen sulfide, lithium halide (for example, LiI, LiBr, LiCl) and a sulfide of the element represented by M (for example, SiS 2 , SnS, GeS 2 ) can be produced by reaction of at least two raw materials.
Li-P-S系ガラス及びLi-P-S系ガラスセラミックスにおける、Li2SとP2S5との比率は、Li2S:P2S5のモル比で、好ましくは60:40~90:10、より好ましくは68:32~78:22である。Li2SとP2S5との比率をこの範囲にすることにより、リチウムイオン伝導度を高いものとすることができる。具体的には、リチウムイオン伝導度を好ましくは1×10-4S/cm以上、より好ましくは1×10-3S/cm以上とすることができる。上限は特にないが、1×10-1S/cm以下であることが実際的である。 The ratio of Li 2 S to P 2 S 5 in the Li—PS system glass and Li—PS system glass ceramics is a molar ratio of Li 2 S: P 2 S 5 , preferably 60:40 to 90:10, more preferably 68:32 to 78:22. By setting the ratio of Li 2 S to P 2 S 5 within this range, the lithium ion conductivity can be increased. Specifically, the lithium ion conductivity can be preferably 1 × 10 −4 S / cm or more, more preferably 1 × 10 −3 S / cm or more. Although there is no particular upper limit, it is practical that it is 1 × 10 −1 S / cm or less.
具体的な硫化物系無機固体電解質の例として、原料の組み合わせ例を下記に示す。例えば、Li2S-P2S5、Li2S-P2S5-LiCl、Li2S-P2S5-H2S、Li2S-P2S5-H2S-LiCl、Li2S-LiI-P2S5、Li2S-LiI-Li2O-P2S5、Li2S-LiBr-P2S5、Li2S-Li2O-P2S5、Li2S-Li3PO4-P2S5、Li2S-P2S5-P2O5、Li2S-P2S5-SiS2、Li2S-P2S5-SiS2-LiCl、Li2S-P2S5-SnS、Li2S-P2S5-Al2S3、Li2S-GeS2、Li2S-GeS2-ZnS、Li2S-Ga2S3、Li2S-GeS2-Ga2S3、Li2S-GeS2-P2S5、Li2S-GeS2-Sb2S5、Li2S-GeS2-Al2S3、Li2S-SiS2、Li2S-Al2S3、Li2S-SiS2-Al2S3、Li2S-SiS2-P2S5、Li2S-SiS2-P2S5-LiI、Li2S-SiS2-LiI、Li2S-SiS2-Li4SiO4、Li2S-SiS2-Li3PO4、Li10GeP2S12などが挙げられる。ただし、各原料の混合比は問わない。このような原料組成物を用いて硫化物系無機固体電解質材料を合成する方法としては、例えば非晶質化法を挙げることができる。非晶質化法としては、例えば、メカニカルミリング法、溶液法及び溶融急冷法を挙げられる。常温での処理が可能になり、製造工程の簡略化を図ることができるからである。
Examples of combinations of raw materials are shown below as specific examples of sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolytes. For example, Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 , Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —LiCl, Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —H 2 S, Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —H 2 S—LiCl, Li 2 S—LiI—P 2 S 5 , Li 2 S—LiI—Li 2 O—P 2 S 5 , Li 2 S—LiBr—P 2 S 5 , Li 2 S—Li 2 O—P 2 S 5 , Li 2 S—Li 3 PO 4 —P 2 S 5 , Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —P 2 O 5 , Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —SiS 2 , Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —SiS 2- LiCl, Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —SnS, Li 2 S—P 2 S 5 —Al 2 S 3 , Li 2 S—GeS 2 , Li 2 S—GeS 2 —ZnS, Li 2 S—Ga 2 S 3, Li 2 S- GeS 2 -Ga 2
(ii)酸化物系無機固体電解質
酸化物系無機固体電解質は、酸素原子(O)を含有し、かつ、周期律表第1族若しくは第2族に属する金属のイオン伝導性を有し、かつ、電子絶縁性を有するものが好ましい。
酸化物系無機固体電解質は、イオン伝導度として、1×10-6S/cm以上であることが好ましく、5×10-6S/cm以上であることがより好ましく、1×10-5S/cm以上であることが特に好ましい。上限は特に制限されないが、1×10-1S/cm以下であることが実際的である。
(Ii) Oxide-based inorganic solid electrolyte The oxide-based inorganic solid electrolyte contains an oxygen atom (O) and has ionic conductivity of a metal belonging to
The oxide-based inorganic solid electrolyte preferably has an ionic conductivity of 1 × 10 −6 S / cm or more, more preferably 5 × 10 −6 S / cm or more, and 1 × 10 −5 S. / Cm or more is particularly preferable. The upper limit is not particularly limited, but is practically 1 × 10 −1 S / cm or less.
具体的な化合物例としては、例えばLixaLayaTiO3〔xaは0.3≦xa≦0.7を満たし、yaは0.3≦ya≦0.7を満たす。〕(LLT); LixbLaybZrzbMbb
mbOnb(MbbはAl、Mg、Ca、Sr、V、Nb、Ta、Ti、Ge、In及びSnから選ばれる1種以上の元素である。xbは5≦xb≦10を満たし、ybは1≦yb≦4を満たし、zbは1≦zb≦4を満たし、mbは0≦mb≦2を満たし、nbは5≦nb≦20を満たす。); LixcBycMcc
zcOnc(MccはC、S、Al、Si、Ga、Ge、In及びSnから選ばれる1種以上の元素である。xcは0≦xc≦5を満たし、ycは0≦yc≦1を満たし、zcは0≦zc≦1を満たし、ncは0≦nc≦6を満たす。); Lixd(Al,Ga)yd(Ti,Ge)zdSiadPmdOnd(xdは1≦xd≦3を満たし、ydは0≦yd≦1を満たし、zdは0≦zd≦2を満たし、adは0≦ad≦1を満たし、mdは1≦md≦7を満たし、ndは3≦nd≦13を満たす。); Li(3-2xe)Mee
xeDeeO(xeは0以上0.1以下の数を表し、Meeは2価の金属原子を表す。Deeはハロゲン原子又は2種以上のハロゲン原子の組み合わせを表す。); LixfSiyfOzf(xfは1≦xf≦5を満たし、yfは0<yf≦3を満たし、zfは1≦zf≦10を満たす。); LixgSygOzg(xgは1≦xg≦3を満たし、ygは0<yg≦2を満たし、zgは1≦zg≦10を満たす。); Li3BO3; Li3BO3-Li2SO4; Li2O-B2O3-P2O5; Li2O-SiO2; Li6BaLa2Ta2O12; Li3PO(4-3/2w)Nw(wはw<1); LISICON(Lithium super ionic conductor)型結晶構造を有するLi3.5Zn0.25GeO4; ペロブスカイト型結晶構造を有するLa0.55Li0.35TiO3; NASICON(Natrium super ionic conductor)型結晶構造を有するLiTi2P3O12; Li1+xh+yh(Al,Ga)xh(Ti,Ge)2-xhSiyhP3-yhO12(xhは0≦xh≦1を満たし、yhは0≦yh≦1を満たす。); ガーネット型結晶構造を有するLi7La3Zr2O12(LLZ)等が挙げられる。
またLi、P及びOを含むリン化合物も望ましい。例えばリン酸リチウム(Li3PO4); リン酸リチウムの酸素の一部を窒素で置換したLiPON; LiPOD1(D1は、好ましくは、Ti、V、Cr、Mn、Fe、Co、Ni、Cu、Zr、Nb、Mo、Ru、Ag、Ta、W、Pt及びAuから選ばれる1種以上の元素である。)等が挙げられる。
更に、LiA1ON(A1は、Si、B、Ge、Al、C及びGaから選ばれる1種以上の元素である。)等も好ましく用いることができる。
As a specific compound example, for example, Li xa La ya TiO 3 [xa satisfies 0.3 ≦ xa ≦ 0.7, and ya satisfies 0.3 ≦ ya ≦ 0.7. (LLT); Li xb La yb Zr zb M bb mb Onb (M bb is one or more elements selected from Al, Mg, Ca, Sr, V, Nb, Ta, Ti, Ge, In and Sn) Xb satisfies 5 ≦ xb ≦ 10, yb satisfies 1 ≦ yb ≦ 4, zb satisfies 1 ≦ zb ≦ 4, mb satisfies 0 ≦ mb ≦ 2, nb satisfies 5 ≦ nb ≦ 20 Li xc B yc M cc zc Onc (M cc is one or more elements selected from C, S, Al, Si, Ga, Ge, In and Sn. Xc is 0 ≦ xc ≦ 5 Yc satisfies 0 ≦ yc ≦ 1, zc satisfies 0 ≦ zc ≦ 1, and nc satisfies 0 ≦ nc ≦ 6); Li xd (Al, Ga) yd (Ti, Ge) zd Si ad P md Ond (xd satisfies 1 ≦ xd ≦ 3, yd Satisfies 0 ≦ yd ≦ 1, zd satisfies 0 ≦ zd ≦ 2, ad satisfies 0 ≦ ad ≦ 1, md satisfies 1 ≦ md ≦ 7, and nd satisfies 3 ≦ nd ≦ 13.) Li (3-2xe) M ee xe D ee O (xe represents a number of 0 to 0.1, M ee represents a divalent metal atom, D ee represents a halogen atom or two or more types of halogen atoms; represent a combination of);. Li xf Si yf O zf (xf satisfies 1 ≦ xf ≦ 5, yf satisfies 0 <yf ≦ 3, zf satisfies 1 ≦ zf ≦ 10);. Li xg S yg O zg (xg satisfies 1 ≦ xg ≦ 3, yg satisfies 0 <yg ≦ 2, and zg satisfies 1 ≦ zg ≦ 10); Li 3 BO 3 ; Li 3 BO 3 —Li 2 SO 4 ; Li 2 O-B 2 O 3 -P 2
Phosphorus compounds containing Li, P and O are also desirable. For example, lithium phosphate (Li 3 PO 4 ); LiPON obtained by substituting a part of oxygen of lithium phosphate with nitrogen; LiPOD 1 (D 1 is preferably Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, And at least one element selected from Cu, Zr, Nb, Mo, Ru, Ag, Ta, W, Pt, and Au.
Furthermore, LiA 1 ON (A 1 is one or more elements selected from Si, B, Ge, Al, C, and Ga) can be preferably used.
無機固体電解質は粒子であることが好ましい。この場合、無機固体電解質の体積平均粒子径は特に制限されないが、0.01μm以上であることが好ましく、0.1μm以上であることがより好ましい。上限としては、100μm以下であることが好ましく、50μm以下であることがより好ましい。無機固体電解質の体積平均粒子径の測定は、以下の手順で行う。無機固体電解質粒子を、水(水に不安定な物質の場合はヘプタン)を用いて20mLサンプル瓶中で1質量%の分散液を希釈調製する。希釈後の分散試料は、1kHzの超音波を10分間照射し、その直後に試験に使用する。この分散液試料を用い、レーザ回折/散乱式粒度分布測定装置LA-920(商品名、HORIBA社製)を用いて、温度25℃で測定用石英セルを使用してデータ取り込みを50回行い、体積平均粒子径を得る。その他の詳細な条件等は必要によりJIS Z 8828:2013「粒子径解析-動的光散乱法」の記載を参照する。1水準につき5つの試料を作製しその平均値を採用する。 The inorganic solid electrolyte is preferably a particle. In this case, the volume average particle diameter of the inorganic solid electrolyte is not particularly limited, but is preferably 0.01 μm or more, and more preferably 0.1 μm or more. As an upper limit, it is preferable that it is 100 micrometers or less, and it is more preferable that it is 50 micrometers or less. The volume average particle size of the inorganic solid electrolyte is measured by the following procedure. The inorganic solid electrolyte particles are prepared by diluting a 1% by weight dispersion in water (heptane in the case of a substance unstable to water) in a 20 mL sample bottle. The diluted dispersion sample is irradiated with 1 kHz ultrasonic waves for 10 minutes and used immediately after that. Using this dispersion liquid sample, using a laser diffraction / scattering particle size distribution measuring apparatus LA-920 (trade name, manufactured by HORIBA), data acquisition was performed 50 times using a measurement quartz cell at a temperature of 25 ° C. Obtain the volume average particle size. For other detailed conditions, refer to the description of JIS Z 8828: 2013 “Particle Size Analysis—Dynamic Light Scattering Method” as necessary. Five samples are prepared for each level, and the average value is adopted.
無機固体電解質は、1種を単独で用いても、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
固体電解質層を形成する場合、固体電解質層の単位面積(cm2)当たりの無機固体電解質の質量(mg)(目付量)は特に制限されるものではない。設計された電池容量に応じて、適宜に決めることができ、例えば、1~100mg/cm2とすることができる。
ただし、固体電解質組成物が後述する活物質を含有する場合、無機固体電解質の目付量は、活物質と無機固体電解質との合計量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
An inorganic solid electrolyte may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
When forming a solid electrolyte layer, the mass (mg) (weight per unit area) of the inorganic solid electrolyte per unit area (cm 2 ) of the solid electrolyte layer is not particularly limited. It can be determined as appropriate according to the designed battery capacity, for example, 1 to 100 mg / cm 2 .
However, when the solid electrolyte composition contains an active material to be described later, the weight of the inorganic solid electrolyte is preferably the total amount of the active material and the inorganic solid electrolyte in the above range.
無機固体電解質の、固体電解質組成物中の含有量は、分散安定性、界面抵抗の低減及び結着性の点で、添加剤と全固形分との合計100質量%において、5質量%以上であることが好ましく、70質量%以上であることがより好ましく、90質量%以上であることが特に好ましい。上限としては、同様の観点から、99.9質量%以下であることが好ましく、99.5質量%以下であることがより好ましく、99質量%以下であることが特に好ましい。
ただし、固体電解質組成物が後述する活物質を含有する場合、固体電解質組成物中の無機固体電解質の含有量は、活物質と無機固体電解質との合計含有量が上記範囲であることが好ましい。
The content of the inorganic solid electrolyte in the solid electrolyte composition is 5% by mass or more in terms of dispersion stability, reduction in interfacial resistance, and binding properties, with a total of 100% by mass of the additive and the total solid content. Preferably, it is 70% by mass or more, and particularly preferably 90% by mass or more. As an upper limit, it is preferable that it is 99.9 mass% or less from the same viewpoint, It is more preferable that it is 99.5 mass% or less, It is especially preferable that it is 99 mass% or less.
However, when the solid electrolyte composition contains an active material to be described later, the total content of the active material and the inorganic solid electrolyte is preferably in the above range as the content of the inorganic solid electrolyte in the solid electrolyte composition.
<バインダ粒子>
バインダ粒子を構成する重合体は、下記式(2)で表される部分構造を有する。バインダ粒子を構成する重合体は、1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
<Binder particles>
The polymer constituting the binder particles has a partial structure represented by the following formula (2). The polymer which comprises binder particle | grains may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
式(2)中、sは2~20の整数を示す。R3は水素原子又はアルキル基を示す。L2は-(CH2)t-又は-C(=O)-を示し、tは0~10の整数を示す。L3は、酸素原子及び窒素原子の少なくとも1種を含むs価の連結基を示す。ここで、tが0である場合、L2は単結合であり、tが1~10の整数である場合又はL2が-C(=O)-を示す場合、L2を構成する炭素原子が、L3を構成する酸素原子又は窒素原子と結合する。 In the formula (2), s represents an integer of 2 to 20. R 3 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. L 2 represents — (CH 2 ) t — or —C (═O) —, and t represents an integer of 0 to 10. L 3 represents an s-valent linking group containing at least one of an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom. Here, when t is 0, L 2 is a single bond, and when t is an integer of 1 to 10 or when L 2 represents —C (═O) —, the carbon atom constituting L 2 Is bonded to an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom constituting L 3 .
sは2~10の整数が好ましい。 S is preferably an integer of 2 to 10.
R3で示されるアルキル基は、上記R1で示されるアルキル基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同じである。 The alkyl group represented by R 3 is synonymous with the alkyl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
tは、1~10の整数が好ましく、1又は2がより好ましい。 T is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, more preferably 1 or 2.
L3で示される連結基は、酸素原子及び窒素原子の少なくとも1種を含むs価の連結基であり、酸素原子、窒素原子、カルボニル基、-N(R4)-、アルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アレーントリイル基、アルカントリイル基及びアルカンテトライル基の少なくとも2つを組み合わせてなるs価の連結基であることが好ましい。ここで、R4は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を示す。
上記連結基は、鎖状、分岐状及び環状のいずれでもよく、鎖状及び環状の連結基は、分子鎖末端の酸素原子又は窒素原子でL2を構成する炭素原子と結合していることが好ましい。
The linking group represented by L 3 is an s-valent linking group containing at least one of an oxygen atom and a nitrogen atom, and includes an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a carbonyl group, —N (R 4 ) —, an alkylene group, and an alkenylene group. , An s-valent linking group formed by combining at least two of an arenetriyl group, an alkanetriyl group, and an alkanetetrayl group. Here, R 4 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group.
The linking group may be any of chain, branched and cyclic, and the chain and cyclic linking groups may be bonded to a carbon atom constituting L 2 with an oxygen atom or a nitrogen atom at the end of the molecular chain. preferable.
アルキレン基は、直鎖、分岐及び環状のいずれでもよく、炭素数は、1~20が好ましく、1~10がより好ましく、2~12がさらに好ましい。アルキレン基の具体例として、メチレン、エチレン、トリメチレン、2-メチルトリメチレン、ヘキサメチレン、シクロヘキシレン及びドデカメチレンが挙げられる。 The alkylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and the carbon number is preferably 1-20, more preferably 1-10, and even more preferably 2-12. Specific examples of the alkylene group include methylene, ethylene, trimethylene, 2-methyltrimethylene, hexamethylene, cyclohexylene and dodecamethylene.
アルケニレン基は、直鎖、分岐及び環状のいずれでもよく、炭素数は、2~20が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~4がさらに好ましい。アルケニレン基の具体例として、ビニレン、プロぺニレン、ブテニレン、2-メチルブテニレン及びシクロへキシレンが挙げられる。 The alkenylene group may be linear, branched or cyclic, and the carbon number is preferably 2 to 20, more preferably 2 to 12, and further preferably 2 to 4. Specific examples of the alkenylene group include vinylene, propenylene, butenylene, 2-methylbutenylene and cyclohexylene.
アレーントリイル基は、炭素数6~16のアレーントリイル基が好ましく、炭素数6~14のアレーントリイル基がより好ましく、炭素数6~10のアレーントリイル基がさらに好ましく、例えば、ベンゼントリイル及びナフタレントリイルが挙げられる。 The arenetriyl group is preferably an arylene triyl group having 6 to 16 carbon atoms, more preferably an arenetriyl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, still more preferably an arenetriyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, for example, benzene Triyl and naphthalene triyl are mentioned.
アルカントリイル基は、鎖式、環式及び鎖式と環式との組み合わせのいずれでもよい。アルカントリイル基の炭素数は、1~16が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~8が特に好ましい。例えば、メタントリイル、エタントリイル、プロパントリイル、ブタントリイル、t-ブタントリイル、ヘキサントリイル及びシクロヘキサントリイルが挙げられる。なお、「鎖式と環式との組み合わせのアルカントリイル基」とは、例えば、メタントリイル基と3つのシクロへキシレン基を組み合わせたアルカントリイル基のように飽和の脂環を含むアルカントリイル基を意味する。 The alkanetriyl group may be a chain, a ring, or a combination of a chain and a ring. The carbon number of the alkanetriyl group is preferably 1 to 16, more preferably 1 to 12, and particularly preferably 1 to 8. Examples include methanetriyl, ethanetriyl, propanetriyl, butanetriyl, t-butanetriyl, hexanetriyl and cyclohexanetriyl. The “alkanetriyl group in a combination of a chain type and a cyclic group” means, for example, an alkanetriyl group containing a saturated alicyclic ring such as an alkanetriyl group in which a methanetriyl group and three cyclohexylene groups are combined. Means group.
アルカンテトライル基は、鎖式、環式及び鎖式と環式との組み合わせのいずれでもよい。アルカンテトライル基の炭素数は、1~16が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~8が特に好ましい。例えば、メタンテトライル、エタンテトライル、プロパンテトライル、t-ブタンテトライル及びシクロヘキサンテトライルが挙げられる。なお、「鎖式と環式との組み合わせのアルカンテトライル基」とは、例えば、メタンテトライル基と4つのシクロへキシレン基を組み合わせたアルカンテトライル基のように飽和の脂環を含むアルカンテトライル基を意味する。 The alkanetetrayl group may be a chain, a ring, or a combination of a chain and a ring. The carbon number of the alkanetetrayl group is preferably 1 to 16, more preferably 1 to 12, and particularly preferably 1 to 8. Examples include methanetetrayl, ethanetetrayl, propanetetrayl, t-butanetetrayl and cyclohexanetetrayl. The term “alkanetetrayl group in combination of chain and cyclic” means, for example, an alkane containing a saturated alicyclic ring such as an alkanetetrayl group in which a methanetetrayl group and four cyclohexylene groups are combined. A tetrayl group is meant.
R4は水素原子を示すことが好ましく、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基は、上記R1で示されるハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同じである。 R 4 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, and the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group has the same meaning as the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
L3で示される2価の連結基は、例えば、酸素原子とアルキレン基とを組み合わせた連結基、イミノ基とアルキレン基と酸素原子とを組み合わせた連結基、酸素原子とアルキレン基とアルケニレン基とを組み合わせた連結基、及び酸素原子とカルボニル基とイミノ基とアルキレン基とを組み合わせた連結基が挙げられる。以下に、L3で示される2価の連結基の具体例を示す。下記連結基において、「*」は結合部を示す。後記3~10価の連結基の説明においても同様である。また、括弧で示される構造は繰り返してもよい。 Examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 3 include a linking group in which an oxygen atom and an alkylene group are combined, a linking group in which an imino group, an alkylene group, and an oxygen atom are combined, an oxygen atom, an alkylene group, and an alkenylene group. And a linking group in which an oxygen atom, a carbonyl group, an imino group, and an alkylene group are combined. Specific examples of the divalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below. In the following linking groups, “*” represents a bonding part. The same applies to the description of the trivalent to decavalent linking groups described later. Moreover, the structure shown in parentheses may be repeated.
L3で示される3価の連結基は、例えば、アルカントリイル基と酸素原子とを組み合わせた連結基、イミノ基とアルキレン基と窒素原子とを組み合わせた連結基、イソシアヌレート基、及び酸素原子とアルキレン基とイソシアヌレート基を組み合わせた連結基、アレーントリイル基とアルキレン基を組み合わせた連結基が挙げられる。以下に、L3で示される3価の連結基の具体例を示す。 Examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 3 include a linking group in which an alkanetriyl group and an oxygen atom are combined, a linking group in which an imino group, an alkylene group, and a nitrogen atom are combined, an isocyanurate group, and an oxygen atom. And a linking group combining an alkylene group and an isocyanurate group, and a linking group combining an arenetriyl group and an alkylene group. Specific examples of the trivalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below.
L3で示される4価の連結基は、例えば、アルカンテトライル基と酸素原子とを組み合わせた連結基、イミノ基とアルカンテトライル基と酸素原子とアルキレン基とを組み合わせた連結基、及びイミノ基とアルキレン基と窒素原子とを組み合わせた連結基が挙げられる。以下に、L3で示される4価の連結基の具体例を示す。 The tetravalent linking group represented by L 3 includes, for example, a linking group combining an alkanetetrayl group and an oxygen atom, a linking group combining an imino group, an alkanetetrayl group, an oxygen atom and an alkylene group, and imino. And a linking group in which a group, an alkylene group, and a nitrogen atom are combined. Specific examples of the tetravalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below.
L3で示される5価の連結基は、例えば、2つのアルカンテトライル基と酸素原子とを組み合わせた連結基が挙げられる。以下に、L3で示される5価の連結基の具体例を示す。 Examples of the pentavalent linking group represented by L 3 include a linking group in which two alkanetetrayl groups and an oxygen atom are combined. Specific examples of the pentavalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below.
L3で示される6価の連結基は、例えば、2つの上記3価の連結基と酸素原子とを組み合わせた連結基、及び2つの上記3価の連結基と1つの上記2価の連結基とを組み合わせた連結基が挙げられる。以下に、L3で示される6価の連結基の具体例を示す。 The hexavalent linking group represented by L 3 includes, for example, a linking group in which two of the above trivalent linking groups and an oxygen atom are combined, and two of the above trivalent linking group and one of the above divalent linking groups. And a linking group in combination. Specific examples of the hexavalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below.
L3で示される10価の連結基は、例えば、2つの上記5価の連結基と1つの上記2価の連結基とを組み合わせた連結基が挙げられる。以下に、L3で示される10価の連結基の具体例を示す。 Examples of the 10-valent linking group represented by L 3 include a linking group obtained by combining two pentavalent linking groups and one divalent linking group. Specific examples of the decavalent linking group represented by L 3 are shown below.
本発明において膜強度をより向上させるため、バインダ粒子を構成する重合体が下記式(3)で表される構造を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましく、下記式(4)で表される構造を少なくとも1つ有することがより好ましい。下記式(3)又は(4)で表される構造は、バインダ粒子を構成する重合体中、繰り返し単位として含まれていてもよい。 In order to further improve the film strength in the present invention, the polymer constituting the binder particles preferably has at least one structure represented by the following formula (3), and at least the structure represented by the following formula (4). It is more preferable to have one. The structure represented by the following formula (3) or (4) may be contained as a repeating unit in the polymer constituting the binder particles.
式(3)中、R5は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を示し、*は結合部を示す。R5は水素原子を示すことが好ましく、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基は、上記R1で示されるハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同じである。 In formula (3), R 5 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group, and * represents a bonding part. R 5 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, and the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group has the same meaning as the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
式(4)中、L4は単結合又は2価の連結基を示し、R6は水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基を示す。*は結合部を示す。
R6は水素原子を示すことが好ましく、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基は、上記R1で示されるハロゲン原子、アルキル基又はアリール基と同義であり、好ましい範囲も同じである。
L4は2価の連結基を示すことが好ましく、この2価の連結基として、例えば、上記L3で示される2価の連結基が挙げられる。また、L4で示される2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、アルキレン基と酸素原子との組合せ、アルキレン基と-N(R4)-との組合せが好ましい。アルキレン基及び-N(R4)-は、L3で記載したものを採用することができる。また、L3の分子量は、14~1000が好ましく、14~700がより好ましく、14~500がさらに好ましい。
In formula (4), L 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group, and R 6 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group or an aryl group. * Indicates a connecting part.
R 6 preferably represents a hydrogen atom, and the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group has the same meaning as the halogen atom, alkyl group or aryl group represented by R 1 , and the preferred range is also the same.
L 4 preferably represents a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include the divalent linking group represented by L 3 described above. Further, the divalent linking group represented by L 4 is preferably an alkylene group, a combination of an alkylene group and an oxygen atom, or a combination of an alkylene group and —N (R 4 ) —. As the alkylene group and —N (R 4 ) —, those described for L 3 can be used. Further, the molecular weight of L 3 is preferably 14 to 1000, more preferably 14 to 700, and still more preferably 14 to 500.
バインダ粒子を構成する重合体は、下記官能基群から選ばれる官能基を少なくとも1種有することが好ましい。
[官能基群]
酸性官能基、塩基性官能基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、アルコキシシリル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、及び、3環以上が縮環した炭化水素環基
The polymer constituting the binder particles preferably has at least one functional group selected from the following functional group group.
[Functional group group]
Acid functional group, basic functional group, hydroxy group, cyano group, alkoxysilyl group, aryl group, heteroaryl group, and hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed
酸性官能基としては、特に制限されず、例えば、カルボン酸基(-COOH)、スルホン酸基(スルホ基:-SO3H)、リン酸基(ホスホ基:-OPO(OH)2)、ホスホン酸基及びホスフィン酸基が挙げられる。
塩基性官能基としては、特に制限されず、例えば、アミノ基、ピリジル基、イミノ基及びアミジンが挙げられる。
アルコキシシリル基としては、特に制限されず、炭素数1~6のアルコキシシリル基が好ましく、例えば、メトキシシリル、エトキシシリル、t-ブトキシシリル及びシクロヘキシルシリルが挙げられる。
アリール基としては、特に制限されず、炭素数6~10のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル及びナフチルが挙げられる。アリール基の環は単環若しくは2つの環が縮合した環が好ましい。
ヘテロアリール基としては、特に制限されず、4~10員のヘテロ環を有するものが好ましく、このヘテロ環を構成する炭素数は3~9が好ましい。ヘテロ環を構成するヘテロ原子は、例えば、酸素原子、窒素原子及び硫黄原子が挙げられる。ヘテロ環の具体例として、例えば、チオフェン、フラン、ピロール及びイミダゾールが挙げられる。
The acidic functional group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a carboxylic acid group (—COOH), a sulfonic acid group (sulfo group: —SO 3 H), a phosphoric acid group (phospho group: —OPO (OH) 2 ), phosphone. An acid group and a phosphinic acid group are mentioned.
The basic functional group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an amino group, a pyridyl group, an imino group, and an amidine.
The alkoxysilyl group is not particularly limited, and is preferably an alkoxysilyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include methoxysilyl, ethoxysilyl, t-butoxysilyl, and cyclohexylsilyl.
The aryl group is not particularly limited and is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include phenyl and naphthyl. The ring of the aryl group is preferably a single ring or a ring in which two rings are condensed.
The heteroaryl group is not particularly limited and preferably has a 4- to 10-membered heterocycle. The number of carbon atoms constituting the heterocycle is preferably 3 to 9. As for the hetero atom which comprises a heterocyclic ring, an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, and a sulfur atom are mentioned, for example. Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include thiophene, furan, pyrrole and imidazole.
3環以上が縮環した炭化水素環基は、上記アリール基以外の炭化水素環であって、炭化水素環が3環以上縮環した環基であれば特に限定されない。縮環する炭化水素環としては、飽和脂肪族炭化水素環、不飽和脂肪族炭化水素環及び芳香族炭化水素環(ベンゼン環)が挙げられる。炭化水素環は5員環又は6員環が好ましい。
3環以上が縮環した炭化水素環基は、少なくとも1つの芳香族炭化水素環を含む3環以上縮環した環基、又は、飽和脂肪族炭化水素環若しくは不飽和脂肪族炭化水素環が3環以上縮環した環基が好ましい。縮環する環数は特に制限されないが、3~8環が好ましく、3~5環がより好ましい。
The hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed is not particularly limited as long as it is a hydrocarbon ring other than the above aryl group, and the hydrocarbon ring is a ring group in which three or more rings are condensed. Examples of the condensed hydrocarbon ring include a saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, an unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon ring, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring (benzene ring). The hydrocarbon ring is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring.
The hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed includes three or more condensed ring groups including at least one aromatic hydrocarbon ring, or 3 saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon rings or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon rings. A ring group condensed with a ring or more is preferred. The number of condensed rings is not particularly limited, but is preferably 3 to 8 rings, and more preferably 3 to 5 rings.
少なくとも1つの芳香族炭化水素環を含む3環以上縮環した環基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、アントラセン、フェナントラセン、ピレン、テトラセン、テトラフェン、クリセン、トリフェニレン、ペンタセン、ペンタフェン、ペリレン、ピレン、ベンゾ[a]ピレン、コロネン、アンタントレン、コランヌレン、オバレン、グラフェン、シクロパラフェニレン、ポリパラフェニレン又はシクロフェンからなる環基が挙げられる。 The ring group condensed with three or more rings including at least one aromatic hydrocarbon ring is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include anthracene, phenanthracene, pyrene, tetracene, tetraphen, chrysene, triphenylene, pentacene, pentaphen, perylene, Examples thereof include a cyclic group composed of pyrene, benzo [a] pyrene, coronene, anthanthrene, corannulene, obalene, graphene, cycloparaphenylene, polyparaphenylene, or cyclophene.
飽和脂肪族炭化水素環若しくは不飽和脂肪族炭化水素環が3環以上縮環した環基としては特に制限されないが、例えば、ステロイド骨格を有する化合物からなる環基が挙げられる。ステロイド骨格を有する化合物としては、例えば、コレステロール、エルゴステロール、テストステロン、エストラジオール、エルドステロール、アルドステロン、ヒドロコルチゾン、スチグマステロール、チモステロール、ラノステロール、7-デヒドロデスモステロール、7-デヒドロコレステロール、コラン酸、コール酸、リトコール酸、デオキシコール酸、デオキシコール酸ナトリウム、デオキシコール酸リチウム、ヒオデオキシコール酸、ケノデオキシコール酸、ウルソデオキシコール酸、デヒドロコール酸、ホケコール酸又はヒオコール酸の化合物からなる環基が挙げられる。
3環以上が縮環した炭化水素環基としては、上記の中でも、コレステロール環構造を有する化合物からなる環基又はピレニル基がより好ましい。
The ring group in which three or more saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon rings or unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbon rings are condensed is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a ring group made of a compound having a steroid skeleton. Examples of the compound having a steroid skeleton include cholesterol, ergosterol, testosterone, estradiol, aldosterol, aldosterone, hydrocortisone, stigmasterol, thymosterol, lanosterol, 7-dehydrodesmosterol, 7-dehydrocholesterol, colanic acid, and chole Examples include cyclic groups composed of compounds of acid, lithocholic acid, deoxycholic acid, sodium deoxycholic acid, lithium deoxycholic acid, hyodeoxycholic acid, chenodeoxycholic acid, ursodeoxycholic acid, dehydrocholic acid, hokecholic acid or hyocholic acid. .
Among the above, the hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed is more preferably a ring group or a pyrenyl group made of a compound having a cholesterol ring structure.
上記官能基は、固体粒子と相互作用することにより、バインダ粒子が奏する、固体粒子同士の結着機能を、更に補強することができる。この相互作用は特に制限されないが、例えば、水素結合によるもの、酸-塩基によるイオン結合によるもの、共有結合によるもの、芳香環によるπ-π相互作用によるもの、又は、疎水-疎水相互作用によるもの等が挙げられる。上記固体粒子とバインダ粒子とは、官能基の種類と、上述の粒子の種類とによって、1つ又は2つ以上の上記相互作用によって、吸着する。
官能基が相互作用する場合、官能基の化学構造は変化しても変化しなくてもよい。例えば、上記π-π相互作用等においては、通常、官能基は変化せず、そのままの構造を維持する。一方、共有結合等による相互作用においては、通常、カルボン酸基等の活性水素が離脱したアニオンとなって(官能基が変化して)無機固体電解質と結合する。
The functional group can further reinforce the binding function between the solid particles produced by the binder particles by interacting with the solid particles. This interaction is not particularly limited, but is, for example, due to a hydrogen bond, due to an acid-base ionic bond, due to a covalent bond, due to a π-π interaction due to an aromatic ring, or due to a hydrophobic-hydrophobic interaction Etc. The solid particles and the binder particles are adsorbed by one or more of the above interactions depending on the type of functional group and the type of particles described above.
When functional groups interact, the chemical structure of the functional group may or may not change. For example, in the above π-π interaction and the like, the functional group usually does not change and the structure is maintained as it is. On the other hand, in the interaction by a covalent bond or the like, the active hydrogen such as a carboxylic acid group is usually released as an anion (the functional group is changed) to bind to the inorganic solid electrolyte.
正極活物質及び無機固体電解質に対しては、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、アルコキシシリル基が好適に吸着する。中でもカルボン酸基が特に好ましい。
負極活物質及び導電助剤に対しては、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、3環以上が縮環した脂肪族炭化水素環基が好適に吸着する。中でも、3環以上が縮環した炭化水素環基が特に好ましい。
Carboxylic acid groups, sulfonic acid groups, phosphoric acid groups, hydroxy groups, cyano groups, and alkoxysilyl groups are preferably adsorbed to the positive electrode active material and the inorganic solid electrolyte. Of these, a carboxylic acid group is particularly preferred.
For the negative electrode active material and the conductive additive, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, and an aliphatic hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed are preferably adsorbed. Among them, a hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed is particularly preferable.
官能基は、重合体の主鎖、側鎖又はこれらの末端のいずれに有していてもよいが、側鎖又はその末端に導入されていることがより好ましい。
重合体が有する官能基数は、少なくとも1つであればよいが、好ましくは2つ以上であり、具体的には、この官能基を有する構成成分の含有率(モル)と重合体のモル数によって決定される。
上記官能基の重合体への導入方法は、特に制限されず、例えば、上記官能基を有する化合物を重合する方法、重合体中の水素原子等を上記官能基で置換する方法等が挙げられる。
The functional group may be present in any of the main chain, side chain, or terminal of the polymer, but is more preferably introduced into the side chain or the terminal thereof.
The number of functional groups possessed by the polymer may be at least one, but is preferably two or more. Specifically, it depends on the content (mol) of the component having the functional group and the number of moles of the polymer. It is determined.
The method for introducing the functional group into the polymer is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a method for polymerizing a compound having the functional group, a method for substituting a hydrogen atom in the polymer with the functional group, and the like.
バインダ粒子を構成する重合体のガラス転移温度は、-100~80℃が好ましく、-90~60℃がより好ましく、-80~40℃がさらに好ましい。また、添加剤と、バインダ粒子と、金属の塩からなる混合物のガラス転移温度が-120~40℃が好ましく、-100~30℃がより好ましく、-90~20℃がさらに好ましい。
ガラス転移温度が上記範囲にあることにより、本発明の全固体二次電池用シートの膜強度をより向上させることができるからである。
なお、上記混合物の調製方法は後述する。
The glass transition temperature of the polymer constituting the binder particles is preferably −100 to 80 ° C., more preferably −90 to 60 ° C., and further preferably −80 to 40 ° C. In addition, the glass transition temperature of the mixture comprising the additive, the binder particles, and the metal salt is preferably −120 to 40 ° C., more preferably −100 to 30 ° C., and further preferably −90 to 20 ° C.
This is because when the glass transition temperature is in the above range, the film strength of the sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention can be further improved.
In addition, the preparation method of the said mixture is mentioned later.
ガラス転移温度(Tg)は、バインダ粒子又は上記混合物の乾燥試料を用いて、示差走査熱量計:X-DSC7000(商品名、SII・ナノテクノロジー社製)を用いて下記の条件で測定する。測定は同一の試料で二回実施し、二回目の測定結果を採用する。
測定室内の雰囲気:窒素ガス(50mL/min)
昇温速度:5℃/min
測定開始温度:-150℃
測定終了温度:200℃
試料パン:アルミニウム製パン
測定試料の質量:5mg
Tgの算定:DSCチャートの下降開始点と下降終了点の中間温度の小数点以下を四捨五入することでTgを算定する。
なお、全固体二次電池を用いる場合は、例えば、全固体二次電池を分解して活物質層又は固体電解質層を水に入れてその材料を分散させた後、ろ過を行い、残った固体を収集し、上記の測定法でガラス転移温度を測定することにより行うことができる。
The glass transition temperature (Tg) is measured under the following conditions by using a differential scanning calorimeter: X-DSC7000 (trade name, manufactured by SII Nanotechnology) using binder particles or a dried sample of the above mixture. The measurement is performed twice on the same sample, and the second measurement result is adopted.
Measurement chamber atmosphere: nitrogen gas (50 mL / min)
Temperature increase rate: 5 ° C / min
Measurement start temperature: -150 ° C
Measurement end temperature: 200 ° C
Sample pan: Aluminum pan Mass of measurement sample: 5 mg
Calculation of Tg: Tg is calculated by rounding off the decimal point of the intermediate temperature between the descent start point and descent end point of the DSC chart.
In the case of using an all-solid secondary battery, for example, after disassembling the all-solid secondary battery, the active material layer or the solid electrolyte layer is placed in water to disperse the material, followed by filtration, and the remaining solid And the glass transition temperature is measured by the above-described measurement method.
バインダ粒子を構成する重合体の質量平均分子量は、特に制限されない。例えば、10,000以上が好ましく、15,000以上がより好ましく、20,000以上が更に好ましい。上限としては、1,000,000以下が好ましく、800,000がより好ましく、500,000以下が更に好ましい。 The mass average molecular weight of the polymer constituting the binder particles is not particularly limited. For example, 10,000 or more are preferable, 15,000 or more are more preferable, and 20,000 or more are more preferable. As an upper limit, 1,000,000 or less is preferable, 800,000 is more preferable, and 500,000 or less is still more preferable.
-分子量の測定-
本発明において重合体の分子量については質量平均分子量をいい、マクロモノマーの分子量については数平均分子量をいい、ゲルパーミエーションクロマトグラフィー(GPC)によって標準ポリスチレン換算の質量平均分子量又は数平均分子量を計測する。測定法としては、基本として下記条件1又は条件2(優先)の方法により測定した値とする。ただし、重合体種によっては適宜適切な溶離液を選定して用いればよい。
(条件1)
カラム:TOSOH TSKgel Super AWM-Hを2本つなげる
キャリア:10mMLiBr/N-メチルピロリドン
測定温度:40℃
キャリア流量:1.0mL/min
試料濃度:0.1質量%
検出器:RI(屈折率)検出器
(条件2)優先
カラム:TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H、TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000、TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000をつないだカラムを用いる
キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン
測定温度:40℃
キャリア流量:1.0mL/min
試料濃度:0.1質量%
検出器:RI(屈折率)検出器
-Measurement of molecular weight-
In the present invention, the molecular weight of the polymer refers to the weight average molecular weight, the molecular weight of the macromonomer refers to the number average molecular weight, and the weight average molecular weight or number average molecular weight in terms of standard polystyrene is measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). . The measurement method is basically a value measured by the
(Condition 1)
Column: Two TOSOH TSKgel Super AWM-Hs are connected Carrier: 10 mM LiBr / N-methylpyrrolidone Measurement temperature: 40 ° C.
Carrier flow rate: 1.0 mL / min
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI (refractive index) detector (Condition 2) priority Column: TOSOH TSKgel Super HZM-H, TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ4000, TOSOH TSKgel Super HZ2000 connected to column Carrier: Tetrahydrofuran Measurement temperature: 40 ° C
Carrier flow rate: 1.0 mL / min
Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass
Detector: RI (refractive index) detector
以下に、バインダ粒子を構成する重合体を合成するためのモノマーについて説明する。以下に説明する各モノマーは1種単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
バインダ粒子を構成する重合体の合成には、少なくとも下記式(2a)で表されるモノマーが用いられる。
Below, the monomer for synthesize | combining the polymer which comprises a binder particle is demonstrated. Each monomer demonstrated below may be used individually by 1 type, and may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
For the synthesis of the polymer constituting the binder particles, at least a monomer represented by the following formula (2a) is used.
式(2a)中、s、R3、L2、及びL3は、上記式(2)中のs、R3、L2、及びL3と同義であり好ましい範囲も同じである。
Wherein (2a), s,
以下、上記式(2a)で表されるモノマーの具体例を記載するが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。なお、D-2の括弧は、括弧内の構造が繰り返し単位であることを意味し、繰返し数は2~30である。 Hereinafter, specific examples of the monomer represented by the above formula (2a) will be described, but the present invention is not limited thereto. The parentheses D-2 mean that the structure in the parentheses is a repeating unit, and the number of repetitions is 2-30.
上記バインダ粒子を構成する重合体は、式(2a)で表されるモノマーから合成されてもよく、以下に記載するモノマー由来の成分を共重合成分として有してもよい。このようなモノマー由来の成分として、下記モノマー(c)及びマクロモノマーが挙げられる。 The polymer constituting the binder particles may be synthesized from the monomer represented by the formula (2a), and may have a monomer-derived component described below as a copolymerization component. Examples of such monomer-derived components include the following monomer (c) and macromonomer.
(モノマー(c))
モノマー(c)としては、重合性不飽和結合を1つ有するモノマーであることが好ましく、例えば各種のビニル系モノマーやアクリル系モノマーを適用することができる。本発明においては、中でも、アクリル系モノマーを用いることが好ましい。さらに好ましくは、(メタ)アクリル酸モノマー、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルモノマー、及び(メタ)アクリロニトリルから選ばれるモノマーを用いることが好ましい。
(Monomer (c))
The monomer (c) is preferably a monomer having one polymerizable unsaturated bond, and for example, various vinyl monomers and acrylic monomers can be applied. In the present invention, it is particularly preferable to use an acrylic monomer. More preferably, a monomer selected from (meth) acrylic acid monomers, (meth) acrylic acid ester monomers, and (meth) acrylonitrile is used.
上記ビニル系モノマーとしては、下記式(c-1)で表されるものが好ましい。 The vinyl monomer is preferably one represented by the following formula (c-1).
式中、R7は水素原子、アルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6が特に好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6が特に好ましい)、又はアリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~14がより好ましい)を表す。中でも水素原子又はアルキル基が好ましく、水素原子又はメチル基がより好ましい。 In the formula, R 7 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms). More preferably, 2 to 6 are particularly preferred), an alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6), or an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, 6 To 14 are more preferable). Of these, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group is preferable, and a hydrogen atom or a methyl group is more preferable.
R8は、水素原子、アルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6が特に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~14がより好ましい)、アラルキル基(炭素数7~23が好ましく、7~15がより好ましい)、シアノ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、チオール基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基、酸素原子を含有する脂肪族複素環基(炭素数2~12が好ましく、2~6がより好ましい)、又はアミノ基(NRN
2:RNは後記の定義に従い、好ましくは水素原子又は炭素数1~3のアルキル基)である。なかでも、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、シアノ基、エテニル基、フェニル基、カルボキシ基、スルファニル(チオール基)、スルホン酸基等が好ましい。
R8はさらに後記置換基Tを有していてもよい。なかでも、カルボキシ基、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子等)、ヒドロキシ基、アルキル基などが置換していてもよい。
カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、スルホン酸基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基は例えば炭素数1~6のアルキル基を伴ってエステル化されていてもよい。
酸素原子を含有する脂肪族複素環基は、エポキシ基含有基、オキセタン基含有基、テトラヒドロフリル基含有基などが好ましい。
R 8 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), an alkenyl group (preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms). ), Aryl group (preferably having 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), aralkyl group (preferably having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 15 carbon atoms), cyano group, carboxy group, hydroxy group, thiol Group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group, phosphonic acid group, aliphatic heterocyclic group containing oxygen atom (preferably having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 6), or amino group (NR N 2 : R N is preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms according to the definition described later. Of these, a methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group, cyano group, ethenyl group, phenyl group, carboxy group, sulfanyl (thiol group), sulfonic acid group and the like are preferable.
R 8 may further have a substituent T described later. Of these, a carboxy group, a halogen atom (fluorine atom, etc.), a hydroxy group, an alkyl group and the like may be substituted.
The carboxy group, hydroxy group, sulfonic acid group, phosphoric acid group, and phosphonic acid group may be esterified with, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
The aliphatic heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom is preferably an epoxy group-containing group, an oxetane group-containing group, a tetrahydrofuryl group-containing group, or the like.
L5は、任意の連結基であり、後記連結基Lの例が挙げられる。具体的には、炭素数1~6(好ましくは1~3)のアルキレン基、炭素数2~6(好ましくは2~3)のアルケニレン基、炭素数6~24(好ましくは6~10)のアリーレン基、酸素原子、硫黄原子、イミノ基(NRN)、カルボニル基、リン酸連結基(-O-P(OH)(O)-O-)、ホスホン酸連結基(-P(OH)(O)-O-)、又はそれらの組合せに係る基等が挙げられる。上記連結基は任意の置換基を有していてもよい。連結原子数、連結原子の数の好ましい範囲も後記と同様である。任意の置換基としては、置換基Tが挙げられ、例えば、アルキル基又はハロゲン原子などが挙げられる。 L 5 is an arbitrary linking group, and examples of the linking group L described later can be given. Specifically, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 (preferably 1 to 3) carbon atoms, an alkenylene group having 2 to 6 (preferably 2 to 3) carbon atoms, and 6 to 24 (preferably 6 to 10) carbon atoms. Arylene group, oxygen atom, sulfur atom, imino group (NR N ), carbonyl group, phosphate linking group (—O—P (OH) (O) —O—), phosphonic acid linking group (—P (OH) ( And groups relating to O)-O-), or combinations thereof. The linking group may have an arbitrary substituent. The preferable number of connecting atoms and the number of connecting atoms are the same as described later. As an arbitrary substituent, the substituent T is mentioned, For example, an alkyl group or a halogen atom is mentioned.
mは0又は1である。 M is 0 or 1.
アクリル系モノマーとしては、上記(c-1)のほか、下記式(c-2)又は(c-3)で表されるものが好ましい。 As the acrylic monomer, in addition to the above (c-1), those represented by the following formula (c-2) or (c-3) are preferable.
R7、mは、上記式(c-1)と同義である。
R9は、R8と同義である。ただし、その好ましいものとしては、水素原子、アルキル基、アリール基、カルボキシ基、チオール基、リン酸基、ホスホン酸基、酸素原子を含有する脂肪族複素環基、アミノ基(NRN
2)などが挙げられる。
L6は、任意の連結基であり、L5の例が好ましく、酸素原子、炭素数1~6(好ましくは1~3)のアルキレン基、炭素数2~6(好ましくは2~3)のアルケニレン基、カルボニル基、イミノ基(NRN)、又はそれらの組合せに係る基等がより好ましい。
L7は連結基であり、L6の例が好ましく、炭素数1~6(好ましくは1~3)のアルキレン基がより好ましい。
mは1~20の整数を表し、1~15の整数であることが好ましく、1~10の整数であることがより好ましい。
R 7 and m are as defined in the above formula (c-1).
R 9 has the same meaning as R 8 . However, preferred examples thereof include a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an aryl group, a carboxy group, a thiol group, a phosphoric acid group, a phosphonic acid group, an aliphatic heterocyclic group containing an oxygen atom, and an amino group (NR N 2 ). Is mentioned.
L 6 is an arbitrary linking group, and is preferably an example of L 5 , an oxygen atom, an alkylene group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (preferably 1 to 3), or a group having 2 to 6 carbon atoms (preferably 2 to 3 carbon atoms). An alkenylene group, a carbonyl group, an imino group (NR N ), or a group related to a combination thereof is more preferable.
L 7 is a linking group, and an example of L 6 is preferable, and an alkylene group having 1 to 6 (preferably 1 to 3) carbon atoms is more preferable.
m represents an integer of 1 to 20, preferably an integer of 1 to 15, and more preferably an integer of 1 to 10.
上記式(c-1)~(c-3)において、アルキル基やアリール基、アルキレン基やアリーレン基など置換基を取ることがある基については、本発明の効果を維持する限りにおいて任意の置換基を有していてもよい。任意の置換基としては、例えば、置換基Tが挙げられ、具体的には、ハロゲン原子、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、チオール基、アシル基、アシルオキシ基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アリーロイル基、アリーロイルオキシ基、アミノ基等の任意の置換基を有していてもよい。 In the above formulas (c-1) to (c-3), any group that may take a substituent such as an alkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylene group, or an arylene group may be substituted as long as the effects of the present invention are maintained. It may have a group. Examples of the optional substituent include a substituent T, and specifically include a halogen atom, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, a thiol group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an aryloyl group, and an aryl group. You may have arbitrary substituents, such as a royloxy group and an amino group.
以下にモノマー(c)の例を挙げるが、本発明がこれにより限定して解釈されるものではない。下記式中のvは1~90を表す。 Examples of the monomer (c) will be given below, but the present invention is not construed as being limited thereby. V in the following formula represents 1 to 90.
(マクロモノマー)
マクロモノマーは、数平均分子量が1,000以上であり、2,000以上であることがより好ましく、3,000以上であることが特に好ましい。上限としては、500,000以下であることが好ましく、100,000以下であることがより好ましく、30,000以下であることが特に好ましい。
(Macromonomer)
The macromonomer has a number average molecular weight of 1,000 or more, more preferably 2,000 or more, and particularly preferably 3,000 or more. The upper limit is preferably 500,000 or less, more preferably 100,000 or less, and particularly preferably 30,000 or less.
マクロモノマーのSP値は10以下であることが好ましく、9.5以下であることがより好ましい。下限値は特にないが、5以上であることが実際的である。 The SP value of the macromonomer is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 9.5 or less. Although there is no particular lower limit, it is practical that it is 5 or more.
-SP値の定義-
本明細書においてSP値は、特に断らない限り、Hoy法によって求める(H.L.Hoy Journal of Painting,1970,Vol.42,76-118)。また、SP値については単位を省略して示しているが、その単位はcal1/2cm-3/2である。
-SP value definition-
In this specification, unless otherwise specified, the SP value is obtained by the Hoy method (HL Hoy Journal of Paining, 1970, Vol. 42, 76-118). The SP value is shown with the unit omitted, but the unit is cal 1/2 cm −3/2 .
上記のマクロモノマーの側鎖成分の主鎖は特に限定されず、通常のポリマー成分を適用することができる。マクロモノマーは、重合性不飽和結合を有することが好ましく、例えば各種のビニル基や(メタ)アクリロイル基を有することができる。本発明においては、中でも、(メタ)アクリロイル基を有することが好ましい。 The main chain of the side chain component of the macromonomer is not particularly limited, and a normal polymer component can be applied. The macromonomer preferably has a polymerizable unsaturated bond, and can have, for example, various vinyl groups or (meth) acryloyl groups. In the present invention, it is preferable to have a (meth) acryloyl group.
上記マクロモノマーは、(メタ)アクリル酸モノマー、(メタ)アクリル酸エステルモノマー、及び(メタ)アクリロニトリルから選ばれるモノマーに由来する繰り返し単位を含むことが好ましい。また、上記マクロモノマーは、重合性二重結合と炭素数6以上の直鎖炭化水素構造単位S(好ましくは炭素数6以上30以下のアルキレン基、より好ましくは炭素数8以上24以下のアルキレン基)を含むことが好ましい。このように、側鎖をなすマクロモノマーが直鎖炭化水素構造単位Sを有することで、溶媒との親和性が高くなり分散安定性が向上するという作用が期待できる。 The macromonomer preferably contains a repeating unit derived from a monomer selected from a (meth) acrylic acid monomer, a (meth) acrylic acid ester monomer, and (meth) acrylonitrile. The macromonomer includes a polymerizable double bond and a linear hydrocarbon structural unit S having 6 or more carbon atoms (preferably an alkylene group having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkylene group having 8 to 24 carbon atoms). ) Is preferably included. Thus, when the macromonomer which makes a side chain has the linear hydrocarbon structural unit S, the effect | action that the affinity with a solvent becomes high and a dispersion stability improves can be anticipated.
上記のマクロモノマーは、下記式(c-11)で表される部位を有することが好ましい。 The above macromonomer preferably has a moiety represented by the following formula (c-11).
R10はR7と同義である。*は結合部である。 R 10 has the same meaning as R 7 . * Is a connecting part.
上記のマクロモノマーとしては、下記式(c-12a)~(c-12c)で表される部位を有することが好ましい。以下これらの部位を「特定重合性部位」と呼ぶことがある。 The above macromonomer preferably has a moiety represented by the following formulas (c-12a) to (c-12c). Hereinafter, these sites may be referred to as “specific polymerizable sites”.
Rb2はR7と同義である。*は結合部である。RNは後記置換基Tで示す定義と同義である。式(c-12c)、(c-13c)、(c-14c)のベンゼン環には任意の置換基Tが置換していてもよい。
*の結合部の先に存在する構造部としては、マクロモノマーとしての分子量を満たせば特に限定されないが、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子から構成される構造部位であることが好ましい。このとき、置換基Tを有していてもよく、例えば、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子)などを有していてもよい。
R b2 has the same meaning as R 7 . * Is a connecting part. RN has the same definition as the substituent T described later. An arbitrary substituent T may be substituted on the benzene ring of the formulas (c-12c), (c-13c), and (c-14c).
The structure part present at the end of the bond part of * is not particularly limited as long as the molecular weight as a macromonomer is satisfied, but a structure part composed of a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, and a hydrogen atom is preferable. At this time, it may have a substituent T, and may have, for example, a halogen atom (fluorine atom).
上記のマクロモノマーは、下記式(c-13a)~(c-13c)で表される化合物又は(c-14a)~(c-14c)で表される繰り返し単位を有する化合物であることが好ましい。 The macromonomer is preferably a compound represented by the following formulas (c-13a) to (c-13c) or a compound having a repeating unit represented by (c-14a) to (c-14c). .
Rb2、Rb3は、R7と同義である。 R b2 and R b3 have the same meaning as R 7 .
Raは置換基(好ましくは有機基)を示す。
Rbは2価の連結基である。
上記2価の連結基としては、下記連結基Lが挙げられる。具体的には、炭素数1~30のアルカン連結基(2価の場合アルキレン基)、炭素数3~12のシクロアルカン連結基(2価の場合シクロアルキレン基)、炭素数6~24のアリール連結基(2価の場合アリーレン基)、炭素数3~12のヘテロアリール連結基(2価の場合ヘテロアリーレン基)、エーテル基(-O-)、スルフィド基(-S-)、ホスフィニデン基(-PR-:Rは水素原子もしくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基)、シリレン基(-SiRR’-:R、R’は水素原子もしくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基)カルボニル基、イミノ基(-NRN-:RNは後記の定義に従い、ここでは、水素原子もしくは炭素数1~6のアルキル基、炭素数6~10のアリール基)、又はその組み合わせであることが好ましい。なかでも、炭素数1~30のアルカン連結基(2価の場合アルキレン基)、炭素数6~24のアリール連結基(2価の場合アリーレン基)、エーテル基、カルボニル基、又はその組み合わせであることが好ましい。
Rbを構成する連結基は、炭素原子、酸素原子、水素原子から構成される連結構造であることが好ましい。あるいは、Rbを構成する連結基が、後記繰り返し単位(b-15)を有する構造部であることも好ましい。Rbを構成する原子の数や連結原子数は後記連結基Lと同義である。
Ra represents a substituent (preferably an organic group).
Rb is a divalent linking group.
Examples of the divalent linking group include the following linking group L. Specifically, an alkane linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (an alkylene group in the case of divalent), a cycloalkane linking group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (a cycloalkylene group in the case of divalent), an aryl having 6 to 24 carbon atoms. Linking group (arylene group for divalent), heteroaryl linking group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (heteroarylene group for divalent), ether group (—O—), sulfide group (—S—), phosphinidene group ( -PR-: R is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a silylene group (-SiRR'-: R, R 'is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a carbonyl group, an imino group ( -NR N -: according R N is below the defined, here, a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms), or is preferably a combination thereof. Among them, an alkane linking group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (an alkylene group in the case of divalent), an aryl linking group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms (an arylene group in the case of divalent), an ether group, a carbonyl group, or a combination thereof. It is preferable.
The linking group constituting Rb is preferably a linking structure composed of a carbon atom, an oxygen atom, and a hydrogen atom. Alternatively, the linking group constituting Rb is also preferably a structural part having a repeating unit (b-15) described later. The number of atoms constituting Rb and the number of linking atoms are as defined for the linking group L described later.
Raで示される置換基は、後記置換基Tの例が挙げられ、なかでもアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基であることが好ましい。このとき、連結基Lが介在して置換していても、置換基内に連結基Lが介在していてもよい。
あるいは、Raは、-Rb-Rcの構造や、後記繰り返し単位(b-15)を有する構造部であることも好ましい。ここでRcは、後記置換基Tの例が挙げられ、なかでもアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基であることが好ましい。
Examples of the substituent represented by Ra include examples of the substituent T described later, and among them, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an aryl group are preferable. At this time, even if the linking group L is present and substituted, the linking group L may be present in the substituent.
Alternatively, Ra is preferably a structure of —Rb—Rc or a structure having a repeating unit (b-15) described later. Here, Rc includes examples of the substituent T described later, and among them, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an aryl group are preferable.
このとき、Ra及びRbは、それぞれ、少なくとも、炭素数1~30の直鎖炭化水素構造単位(好ましくはアルキレン基)を含有することがより好ましく、上記直鎖炭化水素構造単位Sを含むことがより好ましい。また、上記Ra~Rcは、それぞれ、連結基又は置換基を有していてもよく、その例としては後記連結基Lや置換基Tが挙げられる。 At this time, each of Ra and Rb preferably contains at least a linear hydrocarbon structural unit having 1 to 30 carbon atoms (preferably an alkylene group), and preferably contains the linear hydrocarbon structural unit S. More preferred. Each of Ra to Rc may have a linking group or a substituent, and examples thereof include a linking group L and a substituent T described later.
上記のマクロモノマーはさらに下記式(c-15)で表される繰り返し単位を有することが好ましい。 The above macromonomer preferably further has a repeating unit represented by the following formula (c-15).
式中、Rb4は、水素原子又は後記置換基Tである。好ましくは、水素原子、アルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基である。Rb4がアルキル基、アルケニル基、アリール基であるとき、さらに後記置換基Tを有していてもよく、例えば、ハロゲン原子やヒドロキシ基などを有していても良い。
L8は連結基であり、連結基Lの例が挙げられる。好ましくは、エーテル基、カルボニル基、イミノ基、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、又はその組合せである。組合せに係る連結基としては、具体的には、カルボニルオキシ基、アミド基、酸素原子、炭素原子、及び水素原子で構成された連結基が挙げられる。Rb4及びXが炭素を含むときその好ましい炭素数は、後記置換基T及び連結基Lと同義である。連結基の好ましい構成原子数や連結原子数も同義である。
その他、マクロモノマーには、上述した重合性基を有する繰り返し単位のほか、上記式b-15のような(メタ)アクリレート構成単位、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子)を有していてもよいアルキレン鎖(例えばエチレン鎖)が挙げられる。このとき、アルキレン鎖には、エーテル基(O)等が介在していてもよい。
In the formula, R b4 is a hydrogen atom or a substituent T described later. Of these, a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, and an aryl group are preferable. When R b4 is an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, or an aryl group, it may further have a substituent T described later, and may have, for example, a halogen atom or a hydroxy group.
L 8 is a linking group, and examples of the linking group L can be given. An ether group, a carbonyl group, an imino group, an alkylene group, an arylene group, or a combination thereof is preferable. Specific examples of the linking group relating to the combination include a linking group composed of a carbonyloxy group, an amide group, an oxygen atom, a carbon atom, and a hydrogen atom. When R b4 and X contain carbon, the preferred carbon number is the same as the substituent T and linking group L described later. The preferable number of constituent atoms of the linking group and the number of linking atoms are also synonymous.
In addition to the repeating unit having a polymerizable group described above, the macromonomer includes a (meth) acrylate structural unit such as the above formula b-15, and an alkylene chain which may have a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom) (For example, ethylene chain). At this time, an ether group (O) or the like may be present in the alkylene chain.
置換基としては、上記の連結基の末端に任意の置換基が配置された構造が挙げられる、末端置換基の例としては、後記置換基Tが挙げられ、上記R7の例が好ましい。 Examples of the substituent include a structure in which an arbitrary substituent is arranged at the terminal of the linking group. Examples of the terminal substituent include the substituent T described below, and the example of R 7 is preferable.
置換基Tとしては、下記のものが挙げられる。
アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキル基、例えばメチル、エチル、イソプロピル、t-ブチル、ペンチル、ヘプチル、1-エチルペンチル、ベンジル、2-エトキシエチル、1-カルボキシメチル等)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基、例えば、シクロプロピル、シクロペンチル、シクロヘキシル、4-メチルシクロヘキシル等)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリール基、例えば、フェニル、1-ナフチル、4-メトキシフェニル、2-クロロフェニル、3-メチルフェニル等)、ヘテロ環基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のヘテロ環基、好ましくは、少なくとも1つの酸素原子、硫黄原子、窒素原子を有する5又は6員環のヘテロ環基が好ましく、例えば、テトラヒドロピラン、テトラヒドロフラン、2-ピリジル、4-ピリジル、2-イミダゾリル、2-ベンゾイミダゾリル、2-チアゾリル、2-オキサゾリル等)、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルコキシ基、例えば、メトキシ、エトキシ、イソプロピルオキシ、ベンジルオキシ等)、アリールオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリールオキシ基、例えば、フェノキシ、1-ナフチルオキシ、3-メチルフェノキシ、4-メトキシフェノキシ等)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~20のアルコキシカルボニル基、例えば、エトキシカルボニル、2-エチルヘキシルオキシカルボニル等)、アリールオキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリールオキシカルボニル基、例えば、フェノキシカルボニル、1-ナフチルオキシカルボニル、3-メチルフェノキシカルボニル、4-メトキシフェノキシカルボニル等)、アミノ基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のアミノ基、アルキルアミノ基、アリールアミノ基を含み、例えば、アミノ、N,N-ジメチルアミノ、N,N-ジエチルアミノ、N-エチルアミノ、アニリノ等)、スルファモイル基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のスルファモイル基、例えば、N,N-ジメチルスルファモイル、N-フェニルスルファモイル等)、アシル基(アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、ヘテロ環カルボニル基を含み、好ましくは炭素数1~20のアシル基、例えば、アセチル、プロピオニル、ブチリル、オクタノイル、ヘキサデカノイル、ベンゾイル、ナフトイル、ニコチノイル等)、アシルオキシ基(アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、アルケニルカルボニルオキシ基、アルキニルカルボニルオキシ基、アリールカルボニルオキシ基、ヘテロ環カルボニルオキシ基を含み、好ましくは炭素数1~20のアシルオキシ基、例えば、アセチルオキシ、プロピオニルオキシ、ブチリルオキシ、オクタノイルオキシ、ヘキサデカノイルオキシ、アクリロイルオキシ、メタクリロイルオキシ、クロトノイルオキシ、ベンゾイルオキシ、ナフトイルオキシ、ニコチノイルオキシ等)、アリーロイルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数7~23のアリーロイルオキシ基、例えば、ベンゾイルオキシ等)、カルバモイル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のカルバモイル基、例えば、N,N-ジメチルカルバモイル、N-フェニルカルバモイル等)、アシルアミノ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアシルアミノ基、例えば、アセチルアミノ、ベンゾイルアミノ等)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキルチオ基、例えば、メチルチオ、エチルチオ、イソプロピルチオ、ベンジルチオ等)、アリールチオ基(好ましくは炭素数6~26のアリールチオ基、例えば、フェニルチオ、1-ナフチルチオ、3-メチルフェニルチオ、4-メトキシフェニルチオ等)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキルスルホニル基、例えば、メチルスルホニル、エチルスルホニル等)、アリールスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~22のアリールスルホニル基、例えば、ベンゼンスルホニル等)、アルキルシリル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20のアルキルシリル基、例えば、モノメチルシリル、ジメチルシリル、トリメチルシリル、トリエチルシリル等)、アリールシリル基(好ましくは炭素数6~42のアリールシリル基、例えば、トリフェニルシリル等)、ホスホリル基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のリン酸基、例えば、-OP(=O)(RP)2)、ホスホニル基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のホスホニル基、例えば、-P(=O)(RP)2)、ホスフィニル基(好ましくは炭素数0~20のホスフィニル基、例えば、-P(RP)2)、スルホ基(スルホン酸基)、ヒドロキシ基、スルファニル基、シアノ基、ハロゲン原子(例えばフッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)が挙げられる。
また、これらの置換基Tで挙げた各基は、上記の置換基Tがさらに置換していてもよい。
Examples of the substituent T include the following.
An alkyl group (preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, t-butyl, pentyl, heptyl, 1-ethylpentyl, benzyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, 1-carboxymethyl, etc.), cycloalkyl A group (preferably a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms such as cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 4-methylcyclohexyl, etc.), an aryl group (preferably an aryl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms such as phenyl, 1- Naphthyl, 4-methoxyphenyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 3-methylphenyl, etc.), heterocyclic groups (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, preferably having at least one oxygen atom, sulfur atom, nitrogen atom) 5- or 6-membered heterocyclic groups are preferred, for example, tetrahydropyran Tetrahydrofuran, 2-pyridyl, 4-pyridyl, 2-imidazolyl, 2-benzimidazolyl, 2-thiazolyl, 2-oxazolyl, etc.), an alkoxy group (preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as methoxy, ethoxy, isopropyloxy, etc. , Benzyloxy, etc.), aryloxy groups (preferably aryloxy groups having 6 to 26 carbon atoms, such as phenoxy, 1-naphthyloxy, 3-methylphenoxy, 4-methoxyphenoxy, etc.), alkoxycarbonyl groups (preferably carbon An alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms such as ethoxycarbonyl, 2-ethylhexyloxycarbonyl, etc., an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having 6 to 26 carbon atoms such as phenoxycarbonyl, 1-naphthyl Oxycarbonyl, 3-methylphenoxycarbonyl, 4-methoxyphenoxycarbonyl, etc.), amino groups (preferably containing an amino group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, an alkylamino group, an arylamino group, such as amino, N, N— Dimethylamino, N, N-diethylamino, N-ethylamino, anilino, etc.), sulfamoyl groups (preferably sulfamoyl groups having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, such as N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl, N-phenylsulfamoyl, etc.) ), Acyl groups (including alkylcarbonyl groups, arylcarbonyl groups, and heterocyclic carbonyl groups, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, octanoyl, hexadecanoyl, benzoyl, naphthoyl, nicotinoyl Etc.), acyloxy group (alkyl) A carbonyloxy group, an alkenylcarbonyloxy group, an alkynylcarbonyloxy group, an arylcarbonyloxy group, a heterocyclic carbonyloxy group, preferably an acyloxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as acetyloxy, propionyloxy, butyryloxy, octanoyl Oxy, hexadecanoyloxy, acryloyloxy, methacryloyloxy, crotonoyloxy, benzoyloxy, naphthoyloxy, nicotinoyloxy, etc.), aryloyloxy group (preferably an aryloyloxy group having 7 to 23 carbon atoms, for example, Benzoyloxy, etc.), carbamoyl groups (preferably carbamoyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N-phenylcarbamoyl etc.), acylamino groups (preferably carbon 1-20 acylamino groups (eg, acetylamino, benzoylamino, etc.), alkylthio groups (preferably alkylthio groups having 1-20 carbon atoms, eg, methylthio, ethylthio, isopropylthio, benzylthio, etc.), arylthio groups (preferably carbon An arylthio group having 6 to 26, for example, phenylthio, 1-naphthylthio, 3-methylphenylthio, 4-methoxyphenylthio, etc., an alkylsulfonyl group (preferably an alkylsulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example, methylsulfonyl) , Ethylsulfonyl, etc.), arylsulfonyl groups (preferably arylsulfonyl groups having 6 to 22 carbon atoms such as benzenesulfonyl), alkylsilyl groups (preferably alkylsilyl groups having 1 to 20 carbon atoms such as monomethylsilyl, Zimechi Silyl, trimethylsilyl, triethylsilyl, etc.), arylsilyl groups (preferably arylsilyl groups having 6 to 42 carbon atoms such as triphenylsilyl), phosphoryl groups (preferably phosphoric acid groups having 0 to 20 carbon atoms such as, for example, -OP (= O) (R P ) 2 ), a phosphonyl group (preferably a phosphonyl group having 0 to 20 carbon atoms, such as -P (= O) (R P ) 2 ), a phosphinyl group (preferably having 0 carbon atoms). To 20 phosphinyl groups such as —P (R P ) 2 ), sulfo group (sulfonic acid group), hydroxy group, sulfanyl group, cyano group, halogen atom (eg fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.) ).
In addition, each of the groups listed as the substituent T may be further substituted with the above-described substituent T.
化合物、置換基及び連結基等がアルキル基、アルキレン基、アルケニル基、アルケニレン基、アルキニル基及び/又はアルキニレン基等を含むとき、これらは環状でも鎖状でもよく、また直鎖でも分岐していてもよく、上記のように置換されていても無置換でもよい。 When the compound, substituent, linking group and the like include an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, an alkenylene group, an alkynyl group and / or an alkynylene group, these may be cyclic or linear, and may be linear or branched. It may be substituted as described above or unsubstituted.
本明細書で規定される各置換基は、本発明の効果を奏する範囲で下記の連結基Lを介在して置換されていても、その構造中に連結基Lが介在していてもよい。たとえば、アルキル基、アルキレン基、アルケニル基及びアルケニレン基等はさらに構造中に下記のヘテロ連結基を介在していてもよい。 Each substituent defined in the present specification may be substituted through the following linking group L within the scope of the effects of the present invention, or the linking group L may be present in the structure thereof. For example, an alkyl group, an alkylene group, an alkenyl group, and an alkenylene group may further have the following hetero-linking group interposed in the structure.
連結基Lとしては、炭化水素連結基〔炭素数1~10のアルキレン基(より好ましくは炭素数1~6、さらに好ましくは1~3)、炭素数2~10のアルケニレン基(より好ましくは炭素数2~6、さらに好ましくは2~4)、炭素数2~10のアルキニレン基(より好ましくは炭素数2~6、さらに好ましくは2~4)、炭素数6~22のアリーレン基(より好ましくは炭素数6~10)〕、ヘテロ連結基〔カルボニル基(-CO-)、チオカルボニル基(-CS-)、エーテル基(-O-)、チオエーテル基(-S-)、イミノ基(-NRN-)、イミン連結基(RN-N=C<,-N=C(RN)-)、スルホニル基(-SO2-)、スルフィニル基(-SO-)、リン酸連結基(-O-P(OH)(O)-O-)、ホスホン酸連結基(-P(OH)(O)-O-)、2価のヘテロ環基〕、又はこれらを組み合せた連結基が好ましい。なお、縮合して環を形成する場合には、上記炭化水素連結基が、二重結合や三重結合を適宜形成して連結していてもよい。形成される環として好ましくは、5員環又は6員環が好ましい。5員環としては含窒素の5員環が好ましく、その環をなす化合物として例示すれば、ピロール、イミダゾール、ピラゾール、インダゾール、インドール、ベンゾイミダゾール、ピロリジン、イミダゾリジン、ピラゾリジン、インドリン、カルバゾール、又はこれらの誘導体などが挙げられる。6員環としては、ピペリジン、モルホリン、ピペラジン、又はこれらの誘導体などが挙げられる。またアリール基、ヘテロ環基等を含むとき、それらは単環でも縮環でもよく、同様に置換されていても無置換でもよい。 The linking group L includes a hydrocarbon linking group [an alkylene group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably carbon atoms). 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4), an alkynylene group having 2 to 10 carbon atoms (more preferably 2 to 6, more preferably 2 to 4 carbon atoms), and an arylene group having 6 to 22 carbon atoms (more preferably Is a carbon number 6-10)], hetero linking group [carbonyl group (—CO—), thiocarbonyl group (—CS—), ether group (—O—), thioether group (—S—), imino group (— NR N —), imine linking group (R N —N═C <, —N═C (R N ) —), sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —), sulfinyl group (—SO—), phosphate linking group ( -OP (OH) (O) -O-), phosphonic acid Yuimoto (-P (OH) (O) -O -), 2-valent heterocyclic group], or a linking group is preferably a combination thereof. In addition, when condensing and forming a ring, the said hydrocarbon coupling group may form the double bond and the triple bond suitably, and may connect. The ring to be formed is preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring. As the five-membered ring, a nitrogen-containing five-membered ring is preferable, and examples of the compound forming the ring include pyrrole, imidazole, pyrazole, indazole, indole, benzimidazole, pyrrolidine, imidazolidine, pyrazolidine, indoline, carbazole, or these And derivatives thereof. Examples of the 6-membered ring include piperidine, morpholine, piperazine, and derivatives thereof. When an aryl group, a heterocyclic group, or the like is included, they may be monocyclic or condensed, and may be similarly substituted or unsubstituted.
RNは水素原子又は置換基を表し、置換基は上記置換基Tで示す定義と同義である。置換基としては、アルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6がさらに好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましく、2~3が特に好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましく、2~3が特に好ましい)、アラルキル基(炭素数7~22が好ましく、7~14がより好ましく、7~10が特に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~14がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)が好ましい。 R N represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, the substituent is the same as defined indicated above substituent T. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6 and particularly preferably 1 to 3), and an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms and 2 carbon atoms). To 12 is more preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is particularly preferable, and an alkynyl group (2 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 12 is more preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is Particularly preferred), an aralkyl group (preferably 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms, 6 to 10 is particularly preferred).
RPは水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、又は置換基である。置換基としては、アルキル基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6がさらに好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)、アルケニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましく、2~3が特に好ましい)、アルキニル基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましく、2~3が特に好ましい)、アラルキル基(炭素数7~22が好ましく、7~14がより好ましく、7~10が特に好ましい)、アリール基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~14がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~24が好ましく、1~12がより好ましく、1~6がさらに好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい)、アルケニルオキシ基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましく、2~3が特に好ましい)、アルキニルオキシ基(炭素数2~24が好ましく、2~12がより好ましく、2~6がさらに好ましく、2~3が特に好ましい)、アラルキルオキシ基(炭素数7~22が好ましく、7~14がより好ましく、7~10が特に好ましい)、アリールオキシ基(炭素数6~22が好ましく、6~14がより好ましく、6~10が特に好ましい)、が好ましい。 RP is a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, or a substituent. Examples of the substituent include an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6 and particularly preferably 1 to 3), and an alkenyl group (preferably having 2 to 24 carbon atoms and 2 carbon atoms). To 12 is more preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is particularly preferable, and an alkynyl group (2 to 24 carbon atoms is preferable, 2 to 12 is more preferable, 2 to 6 is more preferable, and 2 to 3 is Particularly preferred), an aralkyl group (preferably 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms), an aryl group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms, 6 to 10 is particularly preferred), an alkoxy group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 24, more preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3), an alkenyloxy group (having a carbon number of To 24, more preferably 2 to 12, more preferably 2 to 6, still more preferably 2 to 3, and an alkynyloxy group (preferably 2 to 24 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms, and 2 to 6 carbon atoms). More preferably, 2 to 3 are particularly preferred), an aralkyloxy group (preferably 7 to 22 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 14 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 7 to 10 carbon atoms), an aryloxy group (preferably 6 to 22 carbon atoms, 6 to 14 are more preferable, and 6 to 10 are particularly preferable.
本明細書において、連結基を構成する原子の数は、1~36であることが好ましく、1~24であることがより好ましく、1~12であることがさらに好ましく、1~6であることが特に好ましい。連結基の連結原子数は10以下であることが好ましく、8以下であることがより好ましい。下限としては、1以上である。上記連結原子数とは所定の構造部間を結ぶ経路に位置し連結に関与する最少の原子数を言う。たとえば、-CH2-C(=O)-O-の場合、連結基を構成する原子の数は6となるが、連結原子数は3となる。 In the present specification, the number of atoms constituting the linking group is preferably from 1 to 36, more preferably from 1 to 24, still more preferably from 1 to 12, and from 1 to 6 Is particularly preferred. The number of linking atoms in the linking group is preferably 10 or less, and more preferably 8 or less. The lower limit is 1 or more. The number of connected atoms refers to the minimum number of atoms that are located in a path connecting predetermined structural parts and are involved in connection. For example, in the case of —CH 2 —C (═O) —O—, the number of atoms constituting the linking group is 6, but the number of linking atoms is 3.
具体的な連結基の組合せとしては、以下のものが挙げられる。オキシカルボニル基(-OCO-)、カーボネート基(-OCOO-)、アミド基(-CONH-)、ウレタン基(-NHCOO-)、ウレア基(-NHCONH-)、(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基(-(Lr-O)x-)、カルボニル(ポリ)オキシアルキレン基(-CO-(O-Lr)x-、カルボニル(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基(-CO-(Lr-O)x-)、カルボニルオキシ(ポリ)アルキレンオキシ基(-COO-(Lr-O)x-)、(ポリ)アルキレンイミノ基(-(Lr-NRN)x-)、アルキレン(ポリ)イミノアルキレン基(-Lr-(NRN-Lr)x-)、カルボニル(ポリ)イミノアルキレン基(-CO-(NRN-Lr)x-)、カルボニル(ポリ)アルキレンイミノ基(-CO-(Lr-NRN)x-)、(ポリ)エステル基(-(CO-O-Lr)x-、-(O-CO-Lr)x-、-(O-Lr-CO)x-、-(Lr-CO-O)x-、-(Lr-O-CO)x-)、(ポリ)アミド基(-(CO-NRN-Lr)x-、-(NRN-CO-Lr)x-、-(NRN-Lr-CO)x-、-(Lr-CO-NRN)x-、-(Lr-NRN-CO)x-)などである。xは1以上の整数であり、1~500が好ましく、1~100がより好ましい。 Specific combinations of linking groups include the following. Oxycarbonyl group (—OCO—), carbonate group (—OCOO—), amide group (—CONH—), urethane group (—NHCOO—), urea group (—NHCONH—), (poly) alkyleneoxy group (— ( Lr-O) x-), carbonyl (poly) oxyalkylene group (-CO- (O-Lr) x-, carbonyl (poly) alkyleneoxy group (-CO- (Lr-O) x-), carbonyloxy ( Poly) alkyleneoxy group (—COO— (Lr—O) x—), (poly) alkyleneimino group (— (Lr—NR N ) x—), alkylene (poly) iminoalkylene group (—Lr— (NR N -lr) x-), carbonyl (poly) iminoalkylene group (-CO- (NR N -Lr) x- ), carbonyl (poly) alkyleneimino group (-CO- (Lr-NR N x-), (poly) ester group (— (CO—O—Lr) x—, — (O—CO—Lr) x—, — (O—Lr—CO) x—, — (Lr—CO—O) ) X-,-(Lr-O-CO) x-), (poly) amide group (-(CO-NR N -Lr) x-,-(NR N -CO-Lr) x-,-(NR N -Lr-CO) x-,-(Lr-CO-NR N ) x-,-(Lr-NR N -CO) x-), etc. x is an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 500 1 to 100 is more preferable.
Lrはアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アルキニレン基が好ましい。Lrの炭素数は、1~12が好ましく、1~6がより好ましく、1~3が特に好ましい。複数のLrやRN、RP、x等は同じである必要はない。連結基の向きは上記の記載により限定されず、適宜所定の化学式に合わせた向きで理解すればよい。 Lr is preferably an alkylene group, an alkenylene group or an alkynylene group. The carbon number of Lr is preferably 1 to 12, more preferably 1 to 6, and particularly preferably 1 to 3. A plurality of Lr, R N , R P , x, etc. need not be the same. The direction of the linking group is not limited by the above description, and may be understood as appropriate according to a predetermined chemical formula.
上記マクロモノマーとして、末端にエチレン性不飽和結合を有するマクロモノマーを用いてもよい。ここで、マクロモノマーは、ポリマー鎖部分とその末端のエチレン性不飽和二重結合を有する重合可能な官能基の部分からなる。 As the macromonomer, a macromonomer having an ethylenically unsaturated bond at the terminal may be used. Here, the macromonomer is composed of a polymer chain portion and a polymerizable functional group portion having an ethylenically unsaturated double bond at the terminal thereof.
本発明においてバインダ粒子を構成する重合体の平均粒径は1nm~10μmが好ましく、10nm~1μmがより好ましく、20nm~600nmがさらに好ましい。
本発明においてバインダ粒子を構成する重合体の平均粒径は、無機固体電解質の平均粒子径と同様にして測定した体積平均粒子径とする。
なお、作製された全固体二次電池からの測定は、例えば、電池を分解し電極を剥がした後、その電極材料について上記バインダ粒子を構成する重合体の粒径測定の方法に準じてその測定を行い、あらかじめ測定していたバインダ粒子を構成する重合体の粒径の測定値を排除することにより行うことができる。
In the present invention, the average particle size of the polymer constituting the binder particles is preferably 1 nm to 10 μm, more preferably 10 nm to 1 μm, and even more preferably 20 nm to 600 nm.
In the present invention, the average particle diameter of the polymer constituting the binder particles is the volume average particle diameter measured in the same manner as the average particle diameter of the inorganic solid electrolyte.
In addition, the measurement from the produced all-solid-state secondary battery is, for example, after the battery is disassembled and the electrode is peeled off, and the measurement is performed in accordance with the method of measuring the particle diameter of the polymer constituting the binder particles for the electrode material. And the measurement of the particle diameter of the polymer constituting the binder particles, which has been measured in advance, is eliminated.
バインダ粒子を構成する重合体は、式(2a)で表されるモノマー由来の成分を0.1~60質量%含むことが好ましく、0.3~40質量%含むことがより好ましく、0.5~20質量%含むことがさらに好ましい。バインダ粒子を構成する重合体は、モノマー(c)由来の成分を0~99.9質量%含むことが好ましく、20~95質量%含むことがより好ましく、40~90質量%含むことがさらに好ましい。バインダ粒子を構成する重合体は、マクロモノマー由来の成分を0.5~60質量%含むことが好ましく、1~50質量%含むことがより好ましく、2~40質量%含むことがさらに好ましい。 The polymer constituting the binder particles preferably contains 0.1 to 60% by mass, more preferably 0.3 to 40% by mass of the component derived from the monomer represented by the formula (2a), 0.5% More preferably, the content is ˜20% by mass. The polymer constituting the binder particles preferably contains 0 to 99.9% by mass of the component derived from the monomer (c), more preferably 20 to 95% by mass, and even more preferably 40 to 90% by mass. . The polymer constituting the binder particles preferably contains 0.5 to 60% by mass of a component derived from a macromonomer, more preferably 1 to 50% by mass, and even more preferably 2 to 40% by mass.
バインダ粒子を構成する重合体は、例えば、特開2015-88486号公報及び特開2015-164125号公報を参照して合成することができる。
本発明において、バインダ粒子を構成する重合体は、重合体の内部に金属の塩を有することが好ましい。実施例で合成した、後述のバインダ粒子(P-1)を例にとると、「重合体の内部に金属の塩を有する」とは、ポリ(エチレンオキシ)鎖に金属の塩由来のカチオンが電子的に相互作用して吸着していることを意味する。
上記重合体は、合成後に金属の塩と混合する方法、金属の塩の存在下で重合する方法等により、得られる。
The polymer constituting the binder particles can be synthesized with reference to, for example, JP-A-2015-88486 and JP-A-2015-164125.
In the present invention, the polymer constituting the binder particles preferably has a metal salt inside the polymer. Taking binder particles (P-1), which will be described later, as an example, “having a metal salt inside the polymer” means that a cation derived from the metal salt is present in the poly (ethyleneoxy) chain. It means that it is adsorbed by electronic interaction.
The polymer can be obtained by a method of mixing with a metal salt after synthesis, a method of polymerizing in the presence of a metal salt, or the like.
バインダ粒子は、上記重合体を80質量%以上含むことが好ましく、90質量%以上含むことがより好ましく、95質量%以上含むことがさらに好ましく、100質量%であってもよい。
上記重合体以外に、本発明の効果を損なわない範囲で、式(2)で表される部分構造を有する重合体以外の重合体を、バインダ粒子を構成する重合体として含んでもよい。
The binder particles preferably contain 80% by mass or more of the polymer, more preferably 90% by mass or more, still more preferably 95% by mass or more, and may be 100% by mass.
In addition to the above polymer, a polymer other than the polymer having the partial structure represented by the formula (2) may be included as a polymer constituting the binder particles as long as the effects of the present invention are not impaired.
<分散媒>
本発明の固体電解質組成物は、分散媒(分散媒体)を含有する。
分散媒は、上記の各成分を分散させるものであればよく、例えば、各種の有機溶媒が挙げられる。有機溶媒としては、アルコール化合物、エーテル化合物、アミド化合物、アミン化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族化合物、脂肪族化合物、ニトリル化合物、エステル化合物等の各溶媒が挙げられる。ただし、アルコール化合物、エーテル化合物、及びエステル化合物に上記添加剤は含まれない。
分散媒の具体例としては下記のものが挙げられる。
<Dispersion medium>
The solid electrolyte composition of the present invention contains a dispersion medium (dispersion medium).
The dispersion medium only needs to disperse each of the above components, and examples thereof include various organic solvents. Examples of the organic solvent include alcohol solvents, ether compounds, amide compounds, amine compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic compounds, aliphatic compounds, nitrile compounds, ester compounds, and the like. However, the said additive is not contained in an alcohol compound, an ether compound, and an ester compound.
Specific examples of the dispersion medium include the following.
アルコール化合物としては、例えば、メチルアルコールが挙げられる。 Examples of the alcohol compound include methyl alcohol.
エーテル化合物としては、ジエチルエーテル、アニソールが挙げられる。 Examples of ether compounds include diethyl ether and anisole.
アミド化合物としては、例えば、N,N-ジメチルホルムアミド、N-メチル-2-ピロリドン、2-ピロリジノン、1,3-ジメチル-2-イミダゾリジノン、2-ピロリジノン、ε-カプロラクタム、ホルムアミド、N-メチルホルムアミド、アセトアミド、N-メチルアセトアミド、N,N-ジメチルアセトアミド、N-メチルプロパンアミド、ヘキサメチルホスホリックトリアミドなどが挙げられる。 Examples of the amide compound include N, N-dimethylformamide, N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, 2-pyrrolidinone, 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone, 2-pyrrolidinone, ε-caprolactam, formamide, N- Examples include methylformamide, acetamide, N-methylacetamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide, N-methylpropanamide, hexamethylphosphoric triamide and the like.
アミン化合物としては、例えば、トリエチルアミン、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン、トリブチルアミンなどが挙げられる。
ケトン化合物としては、例えば、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノンなどが挙げられる。
芳香族化合物としては、例えば、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレンなどが挙げられる。
脂肪族化合物としては、例えば、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、オクタン、デカンなどが挙げられる。
ニトリル化合物としては、例えば、アセトニトリル、プロピロニトリル、イソブチロニトリルなどが挙げられる。
エステル化合物としては、例えば、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸プロピル、酪酸ブチル、ペンタン酸ブチルなどが挙げられる。
非水系分散媒としては、上記芳香族化合物、脂肪族化合物等が挙げられる。
Examples of the amine compound include triethylamine, diisopropylethylamine, tributylamine and the like.
Examples of the ketone compound include acetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone, and cyclohexanone.
Examples of the aromatic compound include benzene, toluene, xylene and the like.
Examples of the aliphatic compound include hexane, heptane, octane, decane and the like.
Examples of the nitrile compound include acetonitrile, propylonitrile, isobutyronitrile, and the like.
Examples of the ester compound include ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, butyl butyrate, and butyl pentanoate.
Examples of the non-aqueous dispersion medium include the above aromatic compounds and aliphatic compounds.
本発明においては、中でも、アミン化合物、エーテル化合物、ケトン化合物、芳香族化合物、脂肪族化合物が好ましく、エーテル化合物、芳香族化合物及び脂肪族化合物が更に好ましい。本発明においては、硫化物系無機固体電解質を用いて、更に上記の特定の有機溶媒を選定することが好ましい。この組み合わせを選定することにより、硫化物系無機固体電解質に対して活性な官能基が含まれないため硫化物系無機固体電解質を安定に取り扱え、好ましい。 In the present invention, among them, amine compounds, ether compounds, ketone compounds, aromatic compounds, and aliphatic compounds are preferable, and ether compounds, aromatic compounds, and aliphatic compounds are more preferable. In the present invention, it is preferable to further select the specific organic solvent using a sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte. By selecting this combination, the functional group active for the sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte is not included, so that the sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte can be handled stably, which is preferable.
分散媒は常圧(1気圧)での沸点が50℃以上であることが好ましく、70℃以上であることがより好ましい。上限は250℃以下であることが好ましく、220℃以下であることが更に好ましい。
上記分散媒は、1種を単独で用いても、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
The dispersion medium preferably has a boiling point of 50 ° C. or higher, more preferably 70 ° C. or higher at normal pressure (1 atm). The upper limit is preferably 250 ° C. or lower, and more preferably 220 ° C. or lower.
The said dispersion medium may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
本発明において、固体電解質組成物中の、分散媒の含有量は、特に制限されず適宜に設定することができる。例えば、固体電解質組成物中、20~99質量%が好ましく、25~70質量%がより好ましく、30~60質量%が特に好ましい。 In the present invention, the content of the dispersion medium in the solid electrolyte composition is not particularly limited and can be appropriately set. For example, in the solid electrolyte composition, 20 to 99% by mass is preferable, 25 to 70% by mass is more preferable, and 30 to 60% by mass is particularly preferable.
<活物質>
本発明の固体電解質組成物には、周期律表第1族若しくは第2族に属する金属のイオンの挿入放出が可能な活物質を含有してもよい。活物質としては、以下に説明するが、正極活物質及び負極活物質が挙げられ、正極活物質である遷移金属酸化物(好ましくは遷移金属酸化物)、又は、負極活物質である金属酸化物若しくはSn、Si、Al及びIn等のリチウムと合金形成可能な金属が好ましい。
本発明において、活物質(正極活物質又は負極活物質)を含有する固体電解質組成物を、電極用組成物(正極用組成物又は負極用組成物)ということがある。
<Active material>
The solid electrolyte composition of the present invention may contain an active material capable of inserting and releasing metal ions belonging to
In the present invention, a solid electrolyte composition containing an active material (positive electrode active material or negative electrode active material) is sometimes referred to as an electrode composition (positive electrode composition or negative electrode composition).
(正極活物質)
本発明の固体電解質組成物が含有してもよい正極活物質は、可逆的にリチウムイオンを挿入及び/又は放出できるものが好ましい。その材料は、上記特性を有するものであれば、特に制限はなく、遷移金属酸化物、又は、硫黄などのLiと複合化できる元素などでもよい。
中でも、正極活物質としては、遷移金属酸化物を用いることが好ましく、遷移金属元素Ma(Co、Ni、Fe、Mn、Cu及びVから選択される1種以上の元素)を有する遷移金属酸化物がより好ましい。また、この遷移金属酸化物に元素Mb(リチウム以外の金属周期律表の第1(Ia)族の元素、第2(IIa)族の元素、Al、Ga、In、Ge、Sn、Pb、Sb、Bi、Si、P及びBなどの元素)を混合してもよい。混合量としては、遷移金属元素Maの量(100mol%)に対して0~30mol%が好ましい。Li/Maのモル比が0.3~2.2になるように混合して合成されたものが、より好ましい。
遷移金属酸化物の具体例としては、(MA)層状岩塩型構造を有する遷移金属酸化物、(MB)スピネル型構造を有する遷移金属酸化物、(MC)リチウム含有遷移金属リン酸化合物、(MD)リチウム含有遷移金属ハロゲン化リン酸化合物及び(ME)リチウム含有遷移金属ケイ酸化合物等が挙げられる。
(Positive electrode active material)
The positive electrode active material that may be contained in the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention is preferably one that can reversibly insert and / or release lithium ions. The material is not particularly limited as long as it has the above characteristics, and may be a transition metal oxide or an element that can be complexed with Li such as sulfur.
Among these, as the positive electrode active material, it is preferable to use a transition metal oxide, and a transition metal oxide having a transition metal element M a (one or more elements selected from Co, Ni, Fe, Mn, Cu, and V). More preferred. In addition, this transition metal oxide includes an element M b (an element of the first (Ia) group of the metal periodic table other than lithium, an element of the second (IIa) group, Al, Ga, In, Ge, Sn, Pb, Elements such as Sb, Bi, Si, P and B) may be mixed. The mixing amount is preferably 0 ~ 30 mol% relative to the amount of the transition metal element M a (100mol%). That the molar ratio of li / M a was synthesized were mixed so that 0.3 to 2.2, more preferably.
Specific examples of the transition metal oxide include (MA) a transition metal oxide having a layered rock salt structure, (MB) a transition metal oxide having a spinel structure, (MC) a lithium-containing transition metal phosphate compound, (MD And lithium-containing transition metal halogenated phosphate compounds and (ME) lithium-containing transition metal silicate compounds.
(MA)層状岩塩型構造を有する遷移金属酸化物の具体例として、LiCoO2(コバルト酸リチウム[LCO])、LiNi2O2(ニッケル酸リチウム)、LiNi0.85Co0.10Al0.05O2(ニッケルコバルトアルミニウム酸リチウム[NCA])、LiNi1/3Co1/3Mn1/3O2(ニッケルマンガンコバルト酸リチウム[NMC])、LiNi0.5Mn0.5O2(マンガンニッケル酸リチウム)が挙げられる。
(MB)スピネル型構造を有する遷移金属酸化物の具体例として、LiMn2O4(LMO)、LiCoMnO4、Li2FeMn3O8、Li2CuMn3O8、Li2CrMn3O8及びLi2NiMn3O8が挙げられる。
(MC)リチウム含有遷移金属リン酸化合物としては、例えば、LiFePO4及びLi3Fe2(PO4)3等のオリビン型リン酸鉄塩、LiFeP2O7等のピロリン酸鉄類、LiCoPO4等のリン酸コバルト類並びにLi3V2(PO4)3(リン酸バナジウムリチウム)等の単斜晶ナシコン型リン酸バナジウム塩が挙げられる。
(MD)リチウム含有遷移金属ハロゲン化リン酸化合物としては、例えば、Li2FePO4F等のフッ化リン酸鉄塩、Li2MnPO4F等のフッ化リン酸マンガン塩及びLi2CoPO4F等のフッ化リン酸コバルト類が挙げられる。
(ME)リチウム含有遷移金属ケイ酸化合物としては、例えば、Li2FeSiO4、Li2MnSiO4、Li2CoSiO4等が挙げられる。
本発明では、(MA)層状岩塩型構造を有する遷移金属酸化物が好ましく、LCO又はNMCがより好ましい。
(MA) As specific examples of the transition metal oxide having a layered rock salt structure, LiCoO 2 (lithium cobaltate [LCO]), LiNi 2 O 2 (lithium nickelate), LiNi 0.85 Co 0.10 Al 0. 05 O 2 (nickel cobalt lithium aluminum oxide [NCA]), LiNi 1/3 Co 1/3 Mn 1/3 O 2 (nickel manganese lithium cobalt oxide [NMC]), LiNi 0.5 Mn 0.5 O 2 ( Lithium manganese nickelate).
As specific examples of transition metal oxides having (MB) spinel structure, LiMn 2 O 4 (LMO), LiCoMnO 4, Li 2 FeMn 3 O 8 , Li 2 CuMn 3 O 8 , Li 2 CrMn 3 O 8 and Li 2 NiMn 3 O 8 is mentioned.
Examples of (MC) lithium-containing transition metal phosphate compounds include olivine-type iron phosphate salts such as LiFePO 4 and Li 3 Fe 2 (PO 4 ) 3 , iron pyrophosphates such as LiFeP 2 O 7 , LiCoPO 4, and the like. And monoclinic Nasicon type vanadium phosphate salts such as Li 3 V 2 (PO 4 ) 3 (vanadium lithium phosphate).
(MD) as the lithium-containing transition metal halogenated phosphate compound, for example,
Examples of the (ME) lithium-containing transition metal silicate compound include Li 2 FeSiO 4 , Li 2 MnSiO 4 , and Li 2 CoSiO 4 .
In the present invention, a transition metal oxide having a (MA) layered rock salt structure is preferable, and LCO or NMC is more preferable.
正極活物質の形状は特に制限されないが粒子状が好ましい。正極活物質の体積平均粒子径(球換算平均粒子径)は特に制限されない。例えば、0.1~50μmとすることができる。正極活物質を所定の粒子径にするには、通常の粉砕機又は分級機を用いればよい。焼成法によって得られた正極活物質は、水、酸性水溶液、アルカリ性水溶液、有機溶剤にて洗浄した後使用してもよい。正極活物質粒子の体積平均粒子径(球換算平均粒子径)は、レーザ回折/散乱式粒度分布測定装置LA-920(商品名、HORIBA社製)を用いて測定することができる。 The shape of the positive electrode active material is not particularly limited, but is preferably particulate. The volume average particle diameter (sphere conversion average particle diameter) of the positive electrode active material is not particularly limited. For example, the thickness can be 0.1 to 50 μm. In order to make the positive electrode active material have a predetermined particle size, an ordinary pulverizer or classifier may be used. The positive electrode active material obtained by the firing method may be used after being washed with water, an acidic aqueous solution, an alkaline aqueous solution, or an organic solvent. The volume average particle diameter (sphere-converted average particle diameter) of the positive electrode active material particles can be measured using a laser diffraction / scattering particle size distribution analyzer LA-920 (trade name, manufactured by HORIBA).
上記正極活物質は、1種を単独で用いても、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
正極活物質層を形成する場合、正極活物質層の単位面積(cm2)当たりの正極活物質の質量(mg)(目付量)は特に制限されるものではない。設計された電池容量に応じて、適宜に決めることができ、例えば、1~100mg/cm2とすることができる。
The positive electrode active material may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When forming a positive electrode active material layer, the mass (mg) (weight per unit area) of the positive electrode active material per unit area (cm 2 ) of the positive electrode active material layer is not particularly limited. It can be determined as appropriate according to the designed battery capacity, for example, 1 to 100 mg / cm 2 .
正極活物質の、固体電解質組成物中における含有量は特に制限されず、添加剤と全固形分との合計100質量%において、10~97質量%が好ましく、30~95質量%がより好ましく、40~93質量が更に好ましく、50~90質量%が特に好ましい。 The content of the positive electrode active material in the solid electrolyte composition is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10 to 97% by mass, more preferably 30 to 95% by mass, in a total of 100% by mass of the additive and the total solid content. It is more preferably 40 to 93% by mass, particularly preferably 50 to 90% by mass.
(負極活物質)
本発明の固体電解質組成物が含有してもよい負極活物質は、可逆的にリチウムイオンを挿入及び/又は放出できるものが好ましい。その材料は、上記特性を有するものであれば、特に制限はなく、炭素質材料、酸化錫等の金属酸化物、酸化ケイ素、金属複合酸化物、リチウム単体又はリチウムアルミニウム合金等のリチウム合金、並びに、Sn、Si、Al、In等のリチウムと合金形成可能な金属等が挙げられる。中でも、炭素質材料又はリチウム複合酸化物が信頼性の点から好ましく用いられる。また、金属複合酸化物としては、リチウムを吸蔵、放出可能であることが好ましい。その材料は、特には制限されないが、構成成分としてチタン及び/又はリチウムを含有していることが、高電流密度充放電特性の観点で好ましい。
(Negative electrode active material)
The negative electrode active material that may be contained in the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention is preferably one that can reversibly insert and / or release lithium ions. The material is not particularly limited as long as it has the above characteristics, and is a carbonaceous material, a metal oxide such as tin oxide, a silicon oxide, a metal composite oxide, a lithium simple substance or a lithium alloy such as a lithium aluminum alloy, and , Sn, Si, Al, In, and other metals capable of forming an alloy with lithium. Among these, a carbonaceous material or a lithium composite oxide is preferably used from the viewpoint of reliability. Further, the metal composite oxide is preferably capable of inserting and extracting lithium. The material is not particularly limited, but preferably contains titanium and / or lithium as a constituent component from the viewpoint of high current density charge / discharge characteristics.
負極活物質として用いられる炭素質材料とは、実質的に炭素からなる材料である。例えば、石油ピッチ、アセチレンブラック(AB)等のカーボンブラック、黒鉛(天然黒鉛、気相成長黒鉛等の人造黒鉛等)、及びPAN(ポリアクリロニトリル)系の樹脂若しくはフルフリルアルコール樹脂等の各種の合成樹脂を焼成した炭素質材料を挙げることができる。更に、PAN系炭素繊維、セルロース系炭素繊維、ピッチ系炭素繊維、気相成長炭素繊維、脱水PVA(ポリビニルアルコール)系炭素繊維、リグニン炭素繊維、ガラス状炭素繊維、活性炭素繊維等の各種炭素繊維類、メソフェーズ微小球体、グラファイトウィスカー、平板状の黒鉛等を挙げることもできる。 The carbonaceous material used as the negative electrode active material is a material substantially made of carbon. For example, various synthetics such as petroleum pitch, carbon black such as acetylene black (AB), graphite (natural graphite, artificial graphite such as vapor-grown graphite), PAN (polyacrylonitrile) resin or furfuryl alcohol resin, etc. The carbonaceous material which baked resin can be mentioned. Furthermore, various carbon fibers such as PAN-based carbon fiber, cellulose-based carbon fiber, pitch-based carbon fiber, vapor-grown carbon fiber, dehydrated PVA (polyvinyl alcohol) -based carbon fiber, lignin carbon fiber, glassy carbon fiber, and activated carbon fiber. And mesophase microspheres, graphite whiskers, flat graphite and the like.
これらの炭素質材料は、黒鉛化の程度により難黒鉛化炭素質材料と黒鉛系炭素質材料に分けることもできる。また炭素質材料は、特開昭62-22066号公報、特開平2-6856号公報、同3-45473号公報に記載される面間隔又は密度、結晶子の大きさを有することが好ましい。炭素質材料は、単一の材料である必要はなく、特開平5-90844号公報記載の天然黒鉛と人造黒鉛の混合物、特開平6-4516号公報記載の被覆層を有する黒鉛等を用いることもできる。 These carbonaceous materials can be divided into non-graphitizable carbonaceous materials and graphite-based carbonaceous materials according to the degree of graphitization. The carbonaceous material preferably has a face spacing or density and crystallite size described in JP-A-62-222066, JP-A-2-6856, and 3-45473. The carbonaceous material does not have to be a single material, and a mixture of natural graphite and artificial graphite described in JP-A-5-90844, graphite having a coating layer described in JP-A-6-4516, or the like is used. You can also.
負極活物質として適用される金属酸化物及び金属複合酸化物としては、特に非晶質酸化物が好ましく、更に金属元素と周期律表第16族の元素との反応生成物であるカルコゲナイトも好ましく用いられる。ここでいう非晶質とは、CuKα線を用いたX線回折法で、2θ値で20°~40°の領域に頂点を有するブロードな散乱帯を有するものを意味し、結晶性の回折線を有してもよい。2θ値で40°以上70°以下に見られる結晶性の回折線の内最も強い強度が、2θ値で20°以上40°以下に見られるブロードな散乱帯の頂点の回折線強度の100倍以下であるのが好ましく、5倍以下であるのがより好ましく、結晶性の回折線を有さないことが特に好ましい。 As the metal oxide and metal composite oxide applied as the negative electrode active material, an amorphous oxide is particularly preferable, and chalcogenite which is a reaction product of a metal element and a group 16 element of the periodic table is also preferably used. It is done. The term “amorphous” as used herein means an X-ray diffraction method using CuKα rays, which has a broad scattering band having a peak in the region of 20 ° to 40 ° in terms of 2θ, and is a crystalline diffraction line. You may have. The strongest intensity of crystalline diffraction lines seen from 2 ° to 40 ° to 70 ° is 100 times the diffraction line intensity at the peak of the broad scattering band seen from 2 ° to 20 °. It is preferable that it is 5 times or less, and it is particularly preferable not to have a crystalline diffraction line.
上記非晶質酸化物及びカルコゲナイドからなる化合物群の中でも、半金属元素の非晶質酸化物、及びカルコゲナイドがより好ましく、周期律表第13(IIIB)族~15(VB)族の元素、Al、Ga、Si、Sn、Ge、Pb、Sb及びBiの一種単独あるいはそれらの2種以上の組み合わせからなる酸化物、並びにカルコゲナイドが特に好ましい。好ましい非晶質酸化物及びカルコゲナイドの具体例としては、例えば、Ga2O3、SiO、GeO、SnO、SnO2、PbO、PbO2、Pb2O3、Pb2O4、Pb3O4、Sb2O3、Sb2O4、Sb2O8Bi2O3、Sb2O8Si2O3、Bi2O4、SnSiO3、GeS、SnS、SnS2、PbS、PbS2、Sb2S3、Sb2S5及びSnSiS3が好ましく挙げられる。また、これらは、酸化リチウムとの複合酸化物、例えば、Li2SnO2であってもよい。 Among the compound group consisting of the above amorphous oxide and chalcogenide, an amorphous oxide of a metalloid element and a chalcogenide are more preferable, and elements of Groups 13 (IIIB) to 15 (VB) of the periodic table, Al , Ga, Si, Sn, Ge, Pb, Sb and Bi are used alone or in combination of two or more thereof, and chalcogenides are particularly preferable. Specific examples of preferable amorphous oxides and chalcogenides include, for example, Ga 2 O 3 , SiO, GeO, SnO, SnO 2 , PbO, PbO 2 , Pb 2 O 3 , Pb 2 O 4 , Pb 3 O 4 , Sb 2 O 3 , Sb 2 O 4 , Sb 2 O 8 Bi 2 O 3 , Sb 2 O 8 Si 2 O 3 , Bi 2 O 4 , SnSiO 3 , GeS, SnS, SnS 2 , PbS, PbS 2 , Sb 2 S 3 , Sb 2 S 5 and SnSiS 3 are preferred. Moreover, these may be a complex oxide with lithium oxide, for example, Li 2 SnO 2 .
負極活物質はチタン原子を含有することも好ましい。より具体的にはLi4Ti5O12(チタン酸リチウム[LTO])がリチウムイオンの吸蔵放出時の体積変動が小さいことから急速充放電特性に優れ、電極の劣化が抑制されリチウムイオン二次電池の寿命向上が可能となる点で好ましい。 It is also preferable that the negative electrode active material contains a titanium atom. More specifically, Li 4 Ti 5 O 12 (lithium titanate [LTO]) is excellent in rapid charge / discharge characteristics due to small volume fluctuations during occlusion and release of lithium ions, and the deterioration of the electrodes is suppressed, and lithium ion secondary. This is preferable in that the battery life can be improved.
本発明においては、ハードカーボン又は黒鉛が好ましく用いられ、黒鉛がより好ましく用いられる。本発明において、上記炭素質材料は1種単独でも2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。 In the present invention, hard carbon or graphite is preferably used, and graphite is more preferably used. In the present invention, the carbonaceous materials may be used singly or in combination of two or more.
本発明においては、Si系の負極を適用することもまた好ましい。一般的にSi負極は、炭素負極(黒鉛及びアセチレンブラックなど)に比べて、より多くのLiイオンを吸蔵できる。すなわち、単位質量あたりのLiイオンの吸蔵量が増加する。そのため、電池容量を大きくすることができる。その結果、バッテリー駆動時間を長くすることができるという利点がある。 In the present invention, it is also preferable to apply a Si-based negative electrode. In general, a Si negative electrode can occlude more Li ions than a carbon negative electrode (such as graphite and acetylene black). That is, the amount of occlusion of Li ions per unit mass increases. Therefore, the battery capacity can be increased. As a result, there is an advantage that the battery driving time can be extended.
上記焼成法により得られた化合物の化学式は、測定方法として誘導結合プラズマ(ICP)発光分光分析法、簡便法として、焼成前後の粉体の質量差から算出できる。 The chemical formula of the compound obtained by the above firing method can be calculated from an inductively coupled plasma (ICP) emission spectroscopic analysis method as a measurement method, and from a mass difference between powders before and after firing as a simple method.
Sn、Si、Geを中心とする非晶質酸化物負極活物質に併せて用いることができる負極活物質としては、リチウムイオン又はリチウム金属を吸蔵及び/又は放出できる炭素材料、リチウム、リチウム合金、リチウムと合金可能な金属が好適に挙げられる。 Examples of the negative electrode active material that can be used in combination with the amorphous oxide negative electrode active material centering on Sn, Si, and Ge include carbon materials that can occlude and / or release lithium ions or lithium metal, lithium, lithium alloys, A metal that can be alloyed with lithium is preferable.
負極活物質の形状は特に制限されないが粒子状が好ましい。負極活物質の平均粒子径は、0.1~60μmが好ましい。所定の粒子径にするには、通常の粉砕機又は分級機が用いられる。例えば、乳鉢、ボールミル、サンドミル、振動ボールミル、衛星ボールミル、遊星ボールミル、旋回気流型ジェットミル又は篩などが好適に用いられる。粉砕時には水、あるいはメタノール等の有機溶媒を共存させた湿式粉砕も必要に応じて行うことができる。所望の粒子径とするためには分級を行うことが好ましい。分級方法としては、特に制限はなく、篩、風力分級機などを必要に応じて用いることができる。分級は乾式、湿式ともに用いることができる。負極活物質粒子の平均粒子径は、前述の正極活物質の体積平均粒子径の測定方法と同様の方法により測定することができる。 The shape of the negative electrode active material is not particularly limited, but is preferably particulate. The average particle size of the negative electrode active material is preferably 0.1 to 60 μm. In order to obtain a predetermined particle size, an ordinary pulverizer or classifier is used. For example, a mortar, a ball mill, a sand mill, a vibrating ball mill, a satellite ball mill, a planetary ball mill, a swirling air flow type jet mill or a sieve is preferably used. When pulverizing, wet pulverization in the presence of water or an organic solvent such as methanol can be performed as necessary. In order to obtain a desired particle diameter, classification is preferably performed. There is no restriction | limiting in particular as a classification method, A sieve, an air classifier, etc. can be used as needed. Classification can be used both dry and wet. The average particle diameter of the negative electrode active material particles can be measured by the same method as the above-described method for measuring the volume average particle diameter of the positive electrode active material.
上記負極活物質は、1種を単独で用いても、2種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。
負極活物質層を形成する場合、負極活物質層の単位面積(cm2)当たりの負極活物質の質量(mg)(目付量)は特に制限されるものではない。設計された電池容量に応じて、適宜に決めることができ、例えば、1~100mg/cm2とすることができる。
The said negative electrode active material may be used individually by 1 type, or may be used in combination of 2 or more type.
When forming the negative electrode active material layer, the mass (mg) (weight per unit area) of the negative electrode active material per unit area (cm 2 ) of the negative electrode active material layer is not particularly limited. It can be determined as appropriate according to the designed battery capacity, for example, 1 to 100 mg / cm 2 .
負極活物質の、固体電解質組成物中における含有量は特に制限されず、添加剤と全固形分との合計100質量%において、10~90質量%であることが好ましく、20~85質量%がより好ましく、30~80質量%であることがより好ましく、40~75質量%であることが更に好ましい。 The content of the negative electrode active material in the solid electrolyte composition is not particularly limited, and is preferably 10 to 90% by mass, and 20 to 85% by mass in a total of 100% by mass of the additive and the total solid content. More preferably, it is 30 to 80% by mass, and further preferably 40 to 75% by mass.
(活物質の被覆)
正極活物質及び負極活物質の表面は別の金属酸化物で表面被覆されていてもよい。表面被覆剤としてはTi、Nb、Ta、W、Zr、Al、Si又はLiを含有する金属酸化物等が挙げられる。具体的には、チタン酸スピネル、タンタル系酸化物、ニオブ系酸化物、ニオブ酸リチウム系化合物等が挙げられ、具体的には、Li4Ti5O12、Li2Ti2O5、LiTaO3、LiNbO3、LiAlO2、Li2ZrO3、Li2WO4、Li2TiO3、Li2B4O7、Li3PO4、Li2MoO4、Li3BO3、LiBO2、Li2CO3、Li2SiO3、SiO2、TiO2、ZrO2、Al2O3、B2O3等が挙げられる。
また、正極活物質又は負極活物質を含む電極表面は硫黄又はリンで表面処理されていてもよい。
更に、正極活物質又は負極活物質の粒子表面は、上記表面被覆の前後において活性光線又は活性気体(プラズマ等)により表面処理を施されていてもよい。
(Coating with active material)
The surfaces of the positive electrode active material and the negative electrode active material may be coated with another metal oxide. Examples of the surface coating agent include metal oxides containing Ti, Nb, Ta, W, Zr, Al, Si, or Li. Specific examples include spinel titanate, tantalum-based oxides, niobium-based oxides, lithium niobate-based compounds, and the like. Specific examples include Li 4 Ti 5 O 12 , Li 2 Ti 2 O 5 , LiTaO 3. , LiNbO 3 , LiAlO 2 , Li 2 ZrO 3 , Li 2 WO 4 , Li 2 TiO 3 , Li 2 B 4 O 7 , Li 3 PO 4 , Li 2 MoO 4 , Li 3 BO 3 , LiBO 2 , Li 2 CO 3 , Li 2 SiO 3 , SiO 2 , TiO 2 , ZrO 2 , Al 2 O 3 , B 2 O 3 and the like.
Moreover, the electrode surface containing a positive electrode active material or a negative electrode active material may be surface-treated with sulfur or phosphorus.
Furthermore, the particle surface of the positive electrode active material or the negative electrode active material may be subjected to surface treatment with actinic rays or an active gas (plasma or the like) before and after the surface coating.
<導電助剤>
本発明の固体電解質組成物は、活物質の電子導電性を向上させる等のために用いられる導電助剤を適宜必要に応じて含有してもよい。導電助剤としては、一般的な導電助剤を用いることができる。例えば、電子伝導性材料である、天然黒鉛、人造黒鉛などの黒鉛類、アセチレンブラック、ケッチェンブラック、ファーネスブラックなどのカーボンブラック類、ニードルコークスなどの無定形炭素、気相成長炭素繊維若しくはカーボンナノチューブなどの炭素繊維類、グラフェン若しくはフラーレンなどの炭素質材料であってもよいし、銅、ニッケルなどの金属粉、金属繊維でも良く、ポリアニリン、ポリピロール、ポリチオフェン、ポリアセチレン、ポリフェニレン誘導体などの導電性高分子を用いてもよい。またこれらの内1種を用いてもよいし、2種以上を用いてもよい。
本発明の固体電解質組成物が導電助剤を含む場合、固体電解質組成物中の導電助剤の含有量は、添加剤と全固形分との合計100質量%中0質量%を越え10質量%以下が好ましい。
<Conductive aid>
The solid electrolyte composition of the present invention may contain a conductive auxiliary agent used for improving the electronic conductivity of the active material, if necessary. As the conductive auxiliary agent, a general conductive auxiliary agent can be used. For example, graphites such as natural graphite and artificial graphite, carbon blacks such as acetylene black, ketjen black and furnace black, amorphous carbon such as needle coke, vapor-grown carbon fiber or carbon nanotube, which are electron conductive materials Carbon fibers such as graphene, carbonaceous materials such as graphene or fullerene, metal powders such as copper and nickel, and metal fibers may be used, and conductive polymers such as polyaniline, polypyrrole, polythiophene, polyacetylene, and polyphenylene derivatives May be used. Moreover, 1 type of these may be used and 2 or more types may be used.
When the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention contains a conductive auxiliary agent, the content of the conductive auxiliary agent in the solid electrolyte composition exceeds 10% by mass in a total of 100% by mass of the additive and the total solid content and exceeds 10% by mass. The following is preferred.
(固体電解質組成物の調製)
本発明の固体電解質組成物は、添加剤、金属の塩、バインダ粒子及び分散媒と、必要により他の成分を、例えば、各種の混合機を用いて、混合することにより、好ましくはスラリーとして、調製することができる。
混合方法は特に制限されず、一括して混合してもよく、順次混合してもよく、添加剤、金属の塩、バインダ粒子及び分散媒を混合した分散液、及び必要により他の成分と混合して調製することができる。
混合機としては特に制限されないが、例えば、ボールミル、ビーズミル、プラネタリミキサー、ブレードミキサー、ロールミル、ニーダー及びディスクミルが挙げられる。混合条件は特に制限されず、例えば、混合温度は10~60℃、混合時間は5分~5時間、回転数は10~700rpm(rotation per minute)に設定される。混合機としてボールミルを用いる場合、上記混合温度において、回転数は150~700rpm、混合時間は5分~24時間に設定することが好ましい。なお、各成分の配合量は、上記含有量となるように設定されることが好ましい。
混合する環境は特に制限されないが、乾燥空気下又は不活性ガス下等が挙げられる。
(Preparation of solid electrolyte composition)
The solid electrolyte composition of the present invention is preferably prepared as a slurry by mixing additives, metal salts, binder particles, and a dispersion medium, and optionally other components, for example, using various mixers. Can be prepared.
The mixing method is not particularly limited, and may be mixed in a lump or may be mixed sequentially, and the additive, a metal salt, a dispersion liquid in which binder particles and a dispersion medium are mixed, and if necessary, mixed with other components. Can be prepared.
Although it does not restrict | limit especially as a mixer, For example, a ball mill, bead mill, a planetary mixer, a blade mixer, a roll mill, a kneader, and a disk mill are mentioned. The mixing conditions are not particularly limited. For example, the mixing temperature is set to 10 to 60 ° C., the mixing time is set to 5 minutes to 5 hours, and the rotation speed is set to 10 to 700 rpm (rotation per minute). When a ball mill is used as the mixer, it is preferable to set the rotational speed at 150 to 700 rpm and the mixing time at 5 minutes to 24 hours at the mixing temperature. In addition, it is preferable that the compounding quantity of each component is set so that it may become the said content.
The environment for mixing is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include dry air or inert gas.
[全固体二次電池用シート]
本発明の全固体二次電池用シートは、全固体二次電池の構成層を形成しうるシート状成形体であって、その用途に応じて種々の態様を含む。例えば、固体電解質層に好ましく用いられるシート(全固体二次電池用固体電解質シートともいう。)、電極、又は電極と固体電解質層との積層体に好ましく用いられるシート(全固体二次電池用電極シート)等が挙げられる。本発明において、これら各種のシートをまとめて全固体二次電池用シートということがある。
[All-solid-state secondary battery sheet]
The sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention is a sheet-like molded body that can form a constituent layer of the all-solid-state secondary battery, and includes various modes depending on the application. For example, a sheet preferably used for a solid electrolyte layer (also referred to as a solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid secondary battery), an electrode, or a sheet preferably used for a laminate of an electrode and a solid electrolyte layer (an electrode for an all-solid secondary battery) Sheet) and the like. In the present invention, these various sheets may be collectively referred to as an all-solid secondary battery sheet.
本発明の全固体二次電池用シートを構成する、本発明の固体電解質組成物で構成した層は、1気圧下200℃6時間加熱した場合に、上記添加剤を質量基準で100ppm以上含有し、300ppm以上が好ましく、500ppm以上がより好ましい。上限に特に制限はないが、20質量%以下が実際的であり、10質量%以下が好ましい。
上記層中の上記添加剤の含有量は、本発明の固体電解質組成物で構成した層を塗布溶媒などで添加剤を抽出し、液体クロマトグラフィーによって、定量することにより得られる。
The layer composed of the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention constituting the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet of the present invention contains 100 ppm or more of the above additive on a mass basis when heated at 200 ° C. for 6 hours under 1 atm. 300 ppm or more is preferable, and 500 ppm or more is more preferable. Although there is no restriction | limiting in particular in an upper limit, 20 mass% or less is practical, and 10 mass% or less is preferable.
The content of the additive in the layer can be obtained by extracting the additive with a coating solvent or the like from the layer constituted by the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention and quantifying the additive by liquid chromatography.
本発明の全固体二次電池用固体電解質シートは、固体電解質層を有するシートであればよく、固体電解質層が基材上に形成されているシートでも、基材を有さず、固体電解質層から形成されているシートであってもよい。全固体二次電池用固体電解質シートは、固体電解質層を有していれば、他の層を有してもよい。他の層としては、例えば、保護層(剥離シート)、集電体、コート層等が挙げられる。
本発明の全固体二次電池用固体電解質シートとして、例えば、基材上に、固体電解質層と、必要により保護層とをこの順で有するシートが挙げられる。
基材としては、固体電解質層を支持できるものであれば特に限定されず、後述する集電体で説明する材料、有機材料、無機材料等のシート体(板状体)等が挙げられる。有機材料としては、各種ポリマー等が挙げられ、具体的には、ポリエチレンテレフタレート、ポリプロピレン、ポリエチレン、セルロース等が挙げられる。無機材料としては、例えば、ガラス、セラミック等が挙げられる。
The solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery according to the present invention may be a sheet having a solid electrolyte layer. The sheet | seat currently formed from may be sufficient. The solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery may have other layers as long as it has a solid electrolyte layer. Examples of other layers include a protective layer (release sheet), a current collector, and a coat layer.
Examples of the solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention include a sheet having a solid electrolyte layer and, if necessary, a protective layer in this order on a substrate.
The base material is not particularly limited as long as it can support the solid electrolyte layer, and examples thereof include materials described later with reference to current collectors, sheet materials (plate bodies) of organic materials, inorganic materials, and the like. Examples of the organic material include various polymers, and specific examples include polyethylene terephthalate, polypropylene, polyethylene, and cellulose. Examples of the inorganic material include glass and ceramic.
全固体二次電池用シートの固体電解質層の構成、層厚は、本発明の全固体二次電池において説明する固体電解質層の構成、層厚と同じである。 The configuration and layer thickness of the solid electrolyte layer of the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet are the same as the configuration and layer thickness of the solid electrolyte layer described in the all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention.
本発明の全固体二次電池用電極シート(単に「本発明の電極シート」ともいう。)は、活物質層を有する電極シートであればよく、活物質層が基材(集電体)上に形成されているシートでも、基材を有さず、活物質層から形成されているシートであってもよい。この電極シートは、通常、集電体及び活物質層を有するシートであるが、集電体、活物質層及び固体電解質層をこの順に有する態様、並びに、集電体、活物質層、固体電解質層及び活物質層をこの順に有する態様も含まれる。本発明の電極シートは、活物質層を有していれば、上述の他の層を有してもよい。本発明の電極シートを構成する各層の層厚は、後述する全固体二次電池において説明した各層の層厚と同じである。 The electrode sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention (also simply referred to as “electrode sheet of the present invention”) may be an electrode sheet having an active material layer, and the active material layer is on the substrate (current collector). Even the sheet | seat formed in this may be a sheet | seat formed from an active material layer, without having a base material. This electrode sheet is usually a sheet having a current collector and an active material layer, but an embodiment having a current collector, an active material layer, and a solid electrolyte layer in this order, and a current collector, an active material layer, and a solid electrolyte The aspect which has a layer and an active material layer in this order is also included. The electrode sheet of the present invention may have the other layers described above as long as it has an active material layer. The layer thickness of each layer constituting the electrode sheet of the present invention is the same as the layer thickness of each layer described in the all-solid secondary battery described later.
[全固体二次電池用シートの製造]
本発明の全固体二次電池用シートの製造方法は、特に制限されず、本発明の固体電解質組成物を用いて、上記の各層を形成することにより、製造できる。例えば、必要により基材若しくは集電体上(他の層を介していてもよい。)に、製膜(塗布乾燥)して固体電解質組成物からなる層(塗布乾燥層)を形成する方法が挙げられる。これにより、必要により基材若しくは集電体と、塗布乾燥層とを有する全固体二次電池用シートを作製することができる。ここで、塗布乾燥層とは、本発明の固体電解質組成物を塗布し、分散媒を乾燥させることにより形成される層(すなわち、本発明の固体電解質組成物を用いてなり、本発明の固体電解質組成物から分散媒を除去した組成からなる層)をいう。
本発明の全固体二次電池用シートの製造方法において、塗布、乾燥等の各工程については、下記全固体二次電池の製造方法において説明する。
[Manufacture of sheets for all-solid-state secondary batteries]
The method for producing the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet of the present invention is not particularly limited, and can be produced by forming each of the above layers using the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention. For example, a method of forming a layer (coating / drying layer) made of a solid electrolyte composition by forming a film (coating / drying) on a base material or a current collector (may be provided with another layer) if necessary. Can be mentioned. Thereby, the sheet | seat for all-solid-state secondary batteries which has a base material or an electrical power collector, and a coating dry layer as needed can be produced. Here, the coating and drying layer is a layer formed by applying the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention and drying the dispersion medium (that is, using the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention, and the solid of the present invention. A layer having a composition obtained by removing the dispersion medium from the electrolyte composition).
In the method for producing an all-solid-state secondary battery sheet of the present invention, each step such as coating and drying will be described in the following method for producing an all-solid-state secondary battery.
本発明の全固体二次電池用シートの製造方法においては、上記のようにして得られた塗布乾燥層を加圧することもできる。加圧条件等については、後述する、全固体二次電池の製造方法において説明する。
また、本発明の全固体二次電池用シートの製造方法においては、基材、保護層(特に剥離シート)等を剥離することもできる。
In the method for producing an all-solid-state secondary battery sheet of the present invention, the coating / drying layer obtained as described above can be pressurized. The pressurizing condition and the like will be described later in the method for manufacturing an all-solid secondary battery.
Moreover, in the manufacturing method of the sheet | seat for all-solid-state secondary batteries of this invention, a base material, a protective layer (especially peeling sheet), etc. can also be peeled.
本発明の全固体二次電池用シートは、固体電解質層及び活物質層の少なくとも1層が本発明の固体電解質組成物で形成され、固体粒子間の界面抵抗の上昇を効果的に抑え、しかも固体粒子同士が強固に結着している。したがって、全固体二次電池の構成層を形成しうるシートとして好適に用いられる。特に、全固体二次電池用シートを長尺状でライン製造して(搬送中の巻き取っても)、また、捲回型電池として用いる場合において、固体電解質層及び活物質層に曲げ応力が作用しても、固体電解質層及び活物質層における固体粒子の結着状態を維持できる。このような製造法で製造した全固体二次電池用シートを用いて全固体二次電池を製造すると、優れた電池性能を維持しつつも、高い生産性及び歩留まり(再現性)を実現できる。 The all-solid-state secondary battery sheet according to the present invention has at least one of a solid electrolyte layer and an active material layer formed of the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention, and effectively suppresses an increase in interfacial resistance between solid particles. Solid particles are firmly bound together. Therefore, it is suitably used as a sheet that can form a constituent layer of an all-solid-state secondary battery. In particular, when a sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery is produced in a long line (even if it is wound during conveyance) and used as a wound battery, bending stress is applied to the solid electrolyte layer and the active material layer. Even if it acts, the binding state of the solid particles in the solid electrolyte layer and the active material layer can be maintained. When an all-solid-state secondary battery is manufactured using the sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery manufactured by such a manufacturing method, high productivity and yield (reproducibility) can be realized while maintaining excellent battery performance.
[全固体二次電池]
本発明の全固体二次電池は、正極活物質層と、この正極活物質層に対向する負極活物質層と、正極活物質層及び負極活物質層の間に配置された固体電解質層とを有する。正極活物質層は、必要により正極集電体上に形成され、正極を構成する。負極活物質層は、必要により負極集電体上に形成され、負極を構成する。
負極活物質層、正極活物質層及び固体電解質層の少なくとも1つの層は、本発明の固体電解質組成物で形成されることが好ましく、中でも、全ての層が本発明の固体電解質組成物で形成されることがより好ましい。なお、活物質層又は固体電解質層が本発明の固体電解質組成物で形成されない場合、公知の材料を用いることができる。
負極活物質層、固体電解質層及び正極活物質層の厚さは、それぞれ、特に制限されない。各層の厚さは、一般的な全固体二次電池の寸法を考慮すると、それぞれ、10~1,000μmが好ましく、20μm以上500μm未満がより好ましい。本発明の全固体二次電池においては、正極活物質層及び負極活物質層の少なくとも1層の厚さが、50μm以上500μm未満であることが更に好ましい。
正極活物質層及び負極活物質層は、それぞれ、固体電解質層とは反対側に集電体を備えていてもよい。
[All-solid secondary battery]
An all solid state secondary battery of the present invention comprises a positive electrode active material layer, a negative electrode active material layer facing the positive electrode active material layer, and a solid electrolyte layer disposed between the positive electrode active material layer and the negative electrode active material layer. Have. The positive electrode active material layer is formed on the positive electrode current collector as necessary to constitute a positive electrode. The negative electrode active material layer is formed on the negative electrode current collector as necessary to constitute the negative electrode.
At least one of the negative electrode active material layer, the positive electrode active material layer, and the solid electrolyte layer is preferably formed of the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention. Among them, all the layers are formed of the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention. More preferably. In addition, a well-known material can be used when an active material layer or a solid electrolyte layer is not formed with the solid electrolyte composition of this invention.
The thicknesses of the negative electrode active material layer, the solid electrolyte layer, and the positive electrode active material layer are not particularly limited. The thickness of each layer is preferably 10 to 1,000 μm, more preferably 20 μm or more and less than 500 μm, considering the dimensions of a general all solid state secondary battery. In the all solid state secondary battery of the present invention, it is more preferable that the thickness of at least one of the positive electrode active material layer and the negative electrode active material layer is 50 μm or more and less than 500 μm.
Each of the positive electrode active material layer and the negative electrode active material layer may include a current collector on the side opposite to the solid electrolyte layer.
〔筐体〕
本発明の全固体二次電池は、用途によっては、上記構造のまま全固体二次電池として使用してもよいが、乾電池の形態とするためには更に適当な筐体に封入して用いることが好ましい。筐体は、金属性のものであっても、樹脂(プラスチック)製のものであってもよい。金属性のものを用いる場合には、例えば、アルミニウム合金又は、ステンレス鋼製のものを挙げることができる。金属性の筐体は、正極側の筐体と負極側の筐体に分けて、それぞれ正極集電体及び負極集電体と電気的に接続させることが好ましい。正極側の筐体と負極側の筐体とは、短絡防止用のガスケットを介して接合され、一体化されることが好ましい。
[Case]
The all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention may be used as an all-solid-state secondary battery with the above-mentioned structure depending on the application. Is preferred. The housing may be metallic or made of resin (plastic). In the case of using a metallic material, for example, an aluminum alloy or a stainless steel material can be used. The metallic housing is preferably divided into a positive-side housing and a negative-side housing and electrically connected to the positive current collector and the negative current collector, respectively. The casing on the positive electrode side and the casing on the negative electrode side are preferably joined and integrated via a gasket for preventing a short circuit.
以下に、図1を参照して、本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る全固体二次電池について説明するが、本発明はこれに限定されない。 Hereinafter, an all-solid secondary battery according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 1, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
図1は、本発明の好ましい実施形態に係る全固体二次電池(リチウムイオン二次電池)を模式化して示す断面図である。本実施形態の全固体二次電池10は、負極側からみて、負極集電体1、負極活物質層2、固体電解質層3、正極活物質層4、正極集電体5を、この順に有する。各層はそれぞれ接触しており、隣接した構造をとっている。このような構造を採用することで、充電時には、負極側に電子(e-)が供給され、そこにリチウムイオン(Li+)が蓄積される。一方、放電時には、負極に蓄積されたリチウムイオン(Li+)が正極側に戻され、作動部位6に電子が供給される。図示した例では、作動部位6に電球をモデル的に採用しており、放電によりこれが点灯するようにされている。
FIG. 1 is a cross-sectional view schematically showing an all solid state secondary battery (lithium ion secondary battery) according to a preferred embodiment of the present invention. The all-solid-state
図1に示す層構成を有する全固体二次電池を2032型コインケースに入れる場合、この全固体二次電池を全固体二次電池用積層体と称し、この全固体二次電池用積層体を2032型コインケースに入れて作製した電池を全固体二次電池と称して呼び分けることもある。 When the all-solid-state secondary battery having the layer configuration shown in FIG. 1 is placed in a 2032 type coin case, this all-solid-state secondary battery is referred to as an all-solid-state secondary battery laminate, A battery produced by placing it in a 2032 type coin case may be referred to as an all-solid secondary battery.
(正極活物質層、固体電解質層、負極活物質層)
全固体二次電池10においては、正極活物質層、固体電解質層及び負極活物質層のいずれも本発明の固体電解質組成物で形成されている。この全固体二次電池10は電気抵抗が小さく、優れた電池性能を示す。正極活物質層4、固体電解質層3及び負極活物質層2が含有する添加剤、金属の塩、無機固体電解質及びバインダ粒子は、それぞれ、互いに同種であっても異種であってもよい。
本発明において、正極活物質層及び負極活物質層のいずれか、又は、両方を合わせて、単に、活物質層又は電極活物質層と称することがある。また、正極活物質及び負極活物質のいずれか、又は両方を合わせて、単に、活物質又は電極活物質と称することがある。
(Positive electrode active material layer, solid electrolyte layer, negative electrode active material layer)
In the all-solid-state
In the present invention, either or both of the positive electrode active material layer and the negative electrode active material layer may be simply referred to as an active material layer or an electrode active material layer. One or both of the positive electrode active material and the negative electrode active material may be simply referred to as an active material or an electrode active material.
本発明において、上記添加剤、金属の塩、バインダ粒子を無機固体電解質又は活物質等の固体粒子と組み合わせて用いると、固体粒子間の界面抵抗の上昇、固体粒子と集電体の界面抵抗の上昇を抑えることができる。更には、固体粒子同士の接触不良、集電体からの固体粒子の剥がれ(剥離)を抑えることができる。そのため、本発明の全固体二次電池は優れた電池特性を示す。特に固体粒子等を強度に結着させることができる上記バインダ粒子を用いた本発明の全固体二次電池は、上述のように、全固体二次電池用シート又は全固体二次電池を例えば製造工程において曲げ応力が作用しても優れた電池特性を維持できる。 In the present invention, when the additive, metal salt, and binder particles are used in combination with solid particles such as an inorganic solid electrolyte or an active material, the interfacial resistance between the solid particles is increased, and the interfacial resistance between the solid particles and the current collector is increased. The rise can be suppressed. Furthermore, contact failure between the solid particles and peeling (peeling) of the solid particles from the current collector can be suppressed. Therefore, the all solid state secondary battery of the present invention exhibits excellent battery characteristics. In particular, the all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention using the above-described binder particles capable of binding solid particles or the like is manufactured as described above, for example, a sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery or an all-solid-state secondary battery. Excellent battery characteristics can be maintained even if bending stress acts in the process.
全固体二次電池10においては、負極活物質層をリチウム金属層とすることができる。リチウム金属層としては、リチウム金属の粉末を堆積又は成形してなる層、リチウム箔及びリチウム蒸着膜等が挙げられる。リチウム金属層の厚さは、上記負極活物質層の上記厚さにかかわらず、例えば、1~500μmとすることができる。
In the all-solid-state
正極集電体5及び負極集電体1は、電子伝導体が好ましい。
本発明において、正極集電体及び負極集電体のいずれか、又は、両方を合わせて、単に、集電体と称することがある。
正極集電体を形成する材料としては、アルミニウム、アルミニウム合金、ステンレス鋼、ニッケル及びチタンなどの他に、アルミニウム又はステンレス鋼の表面にカーボン、ニッケル、チタンあるいは銀を処理させたもの(薄膜を形成したもの)が好ましく、その中でも、アルミニウム及びアルミニウム合金がより好ましい。
負極集電体を形成する材料としては、アルミニウム、銅、銅合金、ステンレス鋼、ニッケル及びチタンなどの他に、アルミニウム、銅、銅合金又はステンレス鋼の表面にカーボン、ニッケル、チタンあるいは銀を処理させたものが好ましく、アルミニウム、銅、銅合金及びステンレス鋼がより好ましい。
The positive electrode
In the present invention, either or both of the positive electrode current collector and the negative electrode current collector may be simply referred to as a current collector.
Materials for forming the positive electrode current collector include aluminum, aluminum alloy, stainless steel, nickel, and titanium, as well as aluminum or stainless steel surface treated with carbon, nickel, titanium, or silver (forming a thin film) Among them, aluminum and aluminum alloys are more preferable.
In addition to aluminum, copper, copper alloy, stainless steel, nickel, titanium, etc., the material for forming the negative electrode current collector is treated with carbon, nickel, titanium, or silver on the surface of aluminum, copper, copper alloy, or stainless steel. What was made to do is preferable, and aluminum, copper, a copper alloy, and stainless steel are more preferable.
集電体の形状は、通常フィルムシート状のものが使用されるが、ネット、パンチされたもの、ラス体、多孔質体、発泡体、繊維群の成形体なども用いることができる。
集電体の厚みは、特に制限されないが、1~500μmが好ましい。また、集電体表面は、表面処理により凹凸を付けることも好ましい。
The current collector is usually in the form of a film sheet, but a net, a punched one, a lath, a porous body, a foam, a fiber group molded body, or the like can also be used.
The thickness of the current collector is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 500 μm. Moreover, it is also preferable that the current collector surface is roughened by surface treatment.
本発明において、負極集電体、負極活物質層、固体電解質層、正極活物質層及び正極集電体の各層の間又はその外側には、機能性の層や部材等を適宜介在ないし配設してもよい。また、各層は単層で構成されていても、複層で構成されていてもよい。 In the present invention, a functional layer, a member, or the like is appropriately interposed or disposed between or outside each of the negative electrode current collector, the negative electrode active material layer, the solid electrolyte layer, the positive electrode active material layer, and the positive electrode current collector. May be. Each layer may be composed of a single layer or a plurality of layers.
[全固体二次電池の製造]
全固体二次電池は、常法によって、製造できる。具体的には、全固体二次電池は、本発明の固体電解質組成物等を用いて、上記の各層を形成することにより、製造できる。これにより、電気抵抗が小さく、優れた電池性能を示す全固体二次電池を製造できる。以下、詳述する。
[Manufacture of all-solid-state secondary batteries]
The all solid state secondary battery can be manufactured by a conventional method. Specifically, an all-solid secondary battery can be manufactured by forming each of the above layers using the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention. Thereby, an all-solid-state secondary battery having a small electric resistance and excellent battery performance can be manufactured. Details will be described below.
本発明の全固体二次電池は、本発明の固体電解質組成物を、基材(例えば、集電体となる金属箔)上に塗布し、塗膜を形成する(製膜する)工程を含む(介する)方法(本発明の全固体二次電池用シートの製造方法)を介して、製造できる。
例えば、正極集電体である金属箔上に、正極用材料(正極用組成物)として、正極活物質を含有する固体電解質組成物を塗布して正極活物質層を形成し、全固体二次電池用正極シートを作製する。次いで、この正極活物質層の上に、固体電解質層を形成するための固体電解質組成物を塗布して、固体電解質層を形成する。更に、固体電解質層の上に、負極用材料(負極用組成物)として、負極活物質を含有する固体電解質組成物を塗布して、負極活物質層を形成する。負極活物質層の上に、負極集電体(金属箔)を重ねることにより、正極活物質層と負極活物質層の間に固体電解質層が挟まれた構造の全固体二次電池を得ることができる。必要によりこれを筐体に封入して所望の全固体二次電池とすることができる。
また、各層の形成方法を逆にして、負極集電体上に、負極活物質層、固体電解質層及び正極活物質層を形成し、正極集電体を重ねて、全固体二次電池を製造することもできる。
The all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention includes a step of applying the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention on a base material (for example, a metal foil serving as a current collector) to form a film (forming a film). It can be manufactured via the (intermediate) method (method for manufacturing the sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery of the present invention).
For example, a solid electrolyte composition containing a positive electrode active material is applied as a positive electrode material (positive electrode composition) on a metal foil that is a positive electrode current collector to form a positive electrode active material layer. A positive electrode sheet for a battery is prepared. Next, a solid electrolyte composition for forming a solid electrolyte layer is applied on the positive electrode active material layer to form a solid electrolyte layer. Furthermore, a solid electrolyte composition containing a negative electrode active material is applied as a negative electrode material (negative electrode composition) on the solid electrolyte layer to form a negative electrode active material layer. An all-solid-state secondary battery having a structure in which a solid electrolyte layer is sandwiched between a positive electrode active material layer and a negative electrode active material layer is obtained by stacking a negative electrode current collector (metal foil) on the negative electrode active material layer. Can do. If necessary, this can be enclosed in a housing to obtain a desired all-solid secondary battery.
Moreover, the formation method of each layer is reversed, and a negative electrode active material layer, a solid electrolyte layer, and a positive electrode active material layer are formed on the negative electrode current collector, and the positive electrode current collector is stacked to produce an all-solid secondary battery. You can also
別の方法として、次の方法が挙げられる。すなわち、上記のようにして、全固体二次電池用正極シートを作製する。また、負極集電体である金属箔上に、負極用材料(負極用組成物)として、負極活物質を含有する固体電解質組成物を塗布して負極活物質層を形成し、全固体二次電池用負極シートを作製する。次いで、これらシートのいずれか一方の活物質層の上に、上記のようにして、固体電解質層を形成する。更に、固体電解質層の上に、全固体二次電池用正極シート及び全固体二次電池用負極シートの他方を、固体電解質層と活物質層とが接するように積層する。このようにして、全固体二次電池を製造することができる。
また別の方法として、次の方法が挙げられる。すなわち、上記のようにして、全固体二次電池用正極シート及び全固体二次電池用負極シートを作製する。また、これとは別に、固体電解質組成物を基材上に塗布して、固体電解質層からなる全固体二次電池用固体電解質シートを作製する。更に、全固体二次電池用正極シート及び全固体二次電池用負極シートで、基材から剥がした固体電解質層を挟むように積層する。このようにして、全固体二次電池を製造することができる。
Another method includes the following method. That is, a positive electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery is produced as described above. Further, a negative electrode active material layer is formed by applying a solid electrolyte composition containing a negative electrode active material as a negative electrode material (negative electrode composition) on a metal foil that is a negative electrode current collector, and forming an all-solid secondary A negative electrode sheet for a battery is prepared. Next, a solid electrolyte layer is formed on one of the active material layers of these sheets as described above. Furthermore, the other of the positive electrode sheet for an all solid secondary battery and the negative electrode sheet for an all solid secondary battery is laminated on the solid electrolyte layer so that the solid electrolyte layer and the active material layer are in contact with each other. In this way, an all-solid secondary battery can be manufactured.
Another method includes the following method. That is, as described above, a positive electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery and a negative electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery are produced. Separately from this, a solid electrolyte composition is applied onto a substrate to produce a solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid secondary battery comprising a solid electrolyte layer. Furthermore, it laminates | stacks so that the solid electrolyte layer peeled off from the base material may be pinched | interposed with the positive electrode sheet for all-solid-state secondary batteries, and the negative electrode sheet for all-solid-state secondary batteries. In this way, an all-solid secondary battery can be manufactured.
上記の形成法の組み合わせによっても全固体二次電池を製造することができる。例えば、上記のようにして、全固体二次電池用正極シート、全固体二次電池用負極シート及び全固体二次電池用固体電解質シートをそれぞれ作製する。次いで、全固体二次電池用負極シート上に、基材から剥がした固体電解質層を積層した後に、上記全固体二次電池用正極シートと張り合わせることで全固体二次電池を製造することができる。この方法において、固体電解質層を全固体二次電池用正極シートに積層し、全固体二次電池用負極シートと張り合わせることもできる。
上記の製造方法においては、正極用組成物、固体電解質組成物及び負極用組成物のいずれか1つに本発明の固体電解質組成物を用いればよく、いずれも、本発明の固体電解質組成物を用いることが好ましい。
An all-solid-state secondary battery can also be manufactured by a combination of the above forming methods. For example, as described above, a positive electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery, a negative electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery, and a solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid secondary battery are produced. Then, after laminating the solid electrolyte layer peeled off from the base material on the negative electrode sheet for an all solid secondary battery, an all solid secondary battery can be produced by pasting the positive electrode sheet for the all solid secondary battery. it can. In this method, the solid electrolyte layer can be laminated on the positive electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery, and bonded to the negative electrode sheet for an all-solid secondary battery.
In the above production method, the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention may be used for any one of the positive electrode composition, the solid electrolyte composition, and the negative electrode composition. It is preferable to use it.
<各層の形成(成膜)>
固体電解質組成物の塗布方法は特に制限されず、適宜に選択できる。例えば、塗布(好ましくは湿式塗布)、スプレー塗布、スピンコート塗布、ディップコート、スリット塗布、ストライプ塗布、バーコート塗布が挙げられる。
このとき、固体電解質組成物は、それぞれ塗布した後に乾燥処理を施してもよいし、重層塗布した後に乾燥処理をしてもよい。乾燥温度は特に制限されない。下限は30℃以上が好ましく、60℃以上がより好ましく、80℃以上が更に好ましい。上限は、300℃以下が好ましく、250℃以下がより好ましく、200℃以下が更に好ましい。このような温度範囲で加熱することで、分散媒を除去し、固体状態(塗布乾燥層)にすることができる。また、温度を高くしすぎず、全固体二次電池の各部材を損傷せずに済むため好ましい。これにより、全固体二次電池において、優れた総合性能を示し、かつ良好な結着性と、非加圧でも良好なイオン伝導度を得ることができる。
<Formation of each layer (film formation)>
The method for applying the solid electrolyte composition is not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected. Examples thereof include coating (preferably wet coating), spray coating, spin coating coating, dip coating, slit coating, stripe coating, and bar coating coating.
At this time, the solid electrolyte composition may be dried after being applied, or may be dried after being applied in multiple layers. The drying temperature is not particularly limited. The lower limit is preferably 30 ° C or higher, more preferably 60 ° C or higher, and still more preferably 80 ° C or higher. The upper limit is preferably 300 ° C. or lower, more preferably 250 ° C. or lower, and even more preferably 200 ° C. or lower. By heating in such a temperature range, a dispersion medium can be removed and it can be set as a solid state (coating dry layer). Further, it is preferable because the temperature is not excessively raised and each member of the all-solid-state secondary battery is not damaged. Thereby, in the all-solid-state secondary battery, excellent overall performance can be obtained, and good binding properties and good ionic conductivity can be obtained even without pressure.
上記のようにして、本発明の固体電解質組成物を塗布乾燥すると、固体粒子間の界面抵抗が小さく、固体粒子が強固に結着した塗布乾燥層を形成することができる。 As described above, when the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention is applied and dried, a coating / drying layer in which the interfacial resistance between the solid particles is small and the solid particles are firmly bound can be formed.
塗布した固体電解質組成物、又は、全固体二次電池を作製した後に、各層又は全固体二次電池を加圧することが好ましい。また、各層を積層した状態で加圧することも好ましい。加圧方法としては油圧シリンダープレス機等が挙げられる。加圧力としては特に制限されず、一般的には50~1500MPaの範囲であることが好ましい。
また、塗布した固体電解質組成物は、加圧と同時に加熱してもよい。加熱温度としては特に制限されず、一般的には30~300℃の範囲である。無機固体電解質のガラス転移温度よりも高い温度でプレスすることもできる。一方、無機固体電解質とバインダ粒子が共存する場合、バインダ粒子を形成する上記重合体のガラス転移温度よりも高い温度でプレスすることもできる。ただし、一般的には上記重合体の融点を越えない温度である。
加圧は塗布溶媒又は分散媒を予め乾燥させた状態で行ってもよいし、溶媒又は分散媒が残存している状態で行ってもよい。
なお、各組成物は同時に塗布してもよいし、塗布乾燥プレスを同時及び/又は逐次行ってもよい。別々の基材に塗布した後に、転写により積層してもよい。
It is preferable to pressurize each layer or all-solid secondary battery after producing the applied solid electrolyte composition or all-solid secondary battery. Moreover, it is also preferable to pressurize in the state which laminated | stacked each layer. An example of the pressurizing method is a hydraulic cylinder press. The applied pressure is not particularly limited and is generally preferably in the range of 50 to 1500 MPa.
Moreover, you may heat the apply | coated solid electrolyte composition simultaneously with pressurization. The heating temperature is not particularly limited, and is generally in the range of 30 to 300 ° C. It is also possible to press at a temperature higher than the glass transition temperature of the inorganic solid electrolyte. On the other hand, when the inorganic solid electrolyte and binder particles coexist, pressing can be performed at a temperature higher than the glass transition temperature of the polymer forming the binder particles. However, it is generally a temperature that does not exceed the melting point of the polymer.
The pressurization may be performed in a state where the coating solvent or the dispersion medium is previously dried, or may be performed in a state where the solvent or the dispersion medium remains.
In addition, each composition may be apply | coated simultaneously and application | coating drying press may be performed simultaneously and / or sequentially. You may laminate | stack by transfer after apply | coating to a separate base material.
加圧中の雰囲気としては特に制限されず、大気下、乾燥空気下(露点-20℃以下)、不活性ガス中(例えばアルゴンガス中、ヘリウムガス中、窒素ガス中)などいずれでもよい。
プレス時間は短時間(例えば数時間以内)で高い圧力をかけてもよいし、長時間(1日以上)かけて中程度の圧力をかけてもよい。全固体二次電池用シート以外、例えば全固体二次電池の場合には、中程度の圧力をかけ続けるために、全固体二次電池の拘束具(ネジ締め圧等)を用いることもできる。
プレス圧はシート面等の被圧部に対して均一であっても異なる圧であってもよい。
プレス圧は被圧部の面積又は膜厚に応じて変化させることができる。また同一部位を段階的に異なる圧力で変えることもできる。
プレス面は平滑であっても粗面化されていてもよい。
The atmosphere during pressurization is not particularly limited, and may be any of the following: air, dry air (dew point -20 ° C. or lower), inert gas (for example, argon gas, helium gas, nitrogen gas).
The pressing time may be a high pressure in a short time (for example, within several hours), or a medium pressure may be applied for a long time (1 day or more). In the case of an all-solid-state secondary battery other than the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet, for example, a restraining tool (screw tightening pressure or the like) of the all-solid-state secondary battery can be used in order to keep applying moderate pressure.
The pressing pressure may be uniform or different with respect to the pressed part such as the sheet surface.
The pressing pressure can be changed according to the area or film thickness of the pressed part. Also, the same part can be changed stepwise with different pressures.
The press surface may be smooth or roughened.
<初期化>
上記のようにして製造した全固体二次電池は、製造後又は使用前に初期化を行うことが好ましい。初期化は特に制限されず、例えば、プレス圧を高めた状態で初充放電を行い、その後、全固体二次電池の一般使用圧力になるまで圧力を開放することにより、行うことができる。
<Initialization>
The all solid state secondary battery manufactured as described above is preferably initialized after manufacture or before use. The initialization is not particularly limited, and can be performed, for example, by performing initial charging / discharging in a state where the press pressure is increased, and then releasing the pressure until the general operating pressure of the all-solid secondary battery is reached.
[全固体二次電池の用途]
本発明の全固体二次電池は種々の用途に適用することができる。適用態様には特に制限はないが、例えば、電子機器に搭載する場合、ノートパソコン、ペン入力パソコン、モバイルパソコン、電子ブックプレーヤー、携帯電話、コードレスフォン子機、ページャー、ハンディーターミナル、携帯ファックス、携帯コピー、携帯プリンター、ヘッドフォンステレオ、ビデオムービー、液晶テレビ、ハンディークリーナー、ポータブルCD、ミニディスク、電気シェーバー、トランシーバー、電子手帳、電卓、メモリーカード、携帯テープレコーダー、ラジオ、バックアップ電源などが挙げられる。その他民生用として、自動車、電動車両、モーター、照明器具、玩具、ゲーム機器、ロードコンディショナー、時計、ストロボ、カメラ、医療機器(ペースメーカー、補聴器、肩もみ機など)などが挙げられる。更に、各種軍需用、宇宙用として用いることができる。また、太陽電池と組み合わせることもできる。
[Use of all-solid-state secondary batteries]
The all solid state secondary battery of the present invention can be applied to various uses. Although there are no particular restrictions on the application mode, for example, when installed in an electronic device, a notebook computer, a pen input personal computer, a mobile personal computer, an electronic book player, a mobile phone, a cordless phone, a pager, a handy terminal, a mobile fax machine, a mobile phone Copy, portable printer, headphone stereo, video movie, LCD TV, handy cleaner, portable CD, mini-disc, electric shaver, transceiver, electronic notebook, calculator, memory card, portable tape recorder, radio, backup power supply, etc. Other consumer products include automobiles, electric vehicles, motors, lighting equipment, toys, game equipment, road conditioners, watches, strobes, cameras, medical equipment (such as pacemakers, hearing aids, and shoulder grinders). Furthermore, it can be used for various military use and space use. Moreover, it can also combine with a solar cell.
以下に、実施例に基づき本発明について更に詳細に説明する。なお、本発明がこれにより限定して解釈されるものではない。以下の実施例において組成を表す「部」及び「%」は、特に断らない限り質量基準である。本発明において「室温」とは25℃を意味する。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on examples. The present invention is not construed as being limited thereby. In the following examples, “part” and “%” representing the composition are based on mass unless otherwise specified. In the present invention, “room temperature” means 25 ° C.
-マクロモノマーM-1の合成-
マクロモノマーM-1を以下の通りに合成した。
還流冷却管、ガス導入コックを付した1L三口フラスコにトルエンを190質量部加え、流速200mL/minにて窒素ガスを10分間導入した後に80℃に昇温した。1L三口フラスコに、別容器にて調製した液(下記処方α)を2時間かけて滴下し、80℃で2時間攪拌した。その後、ラジカル重合開始剤V-601(商品名、和光純薬工業社製)をさらに0.2g添加し、95℃で2時間攪拌した。攪拌後95℃に保った溶液に2,2,6,6-テトラメチルピペリジン-1-オキシル(東京化成工業社製)を0.025質量部、メタクリル酸グリシジル(和光純薬工業社製)を13質量部、テトラブチルアンモニウムブロミド(東京化成工業社製)を2.5質量部加えて120℃で3時間攪拌した。得られた混合物を室温まで冷却したのちメタノールに加えて沈殿させ、沈殿物をろ取後、メタノールで2回洗浄し、ヘプタン300質量部を加えて溶解させた。得られた溶液の一部を減圧留去することで、後記化学式で表されるマクロモノマーM-1の溶液を得た。質量平均分子量は16,000であった。
-Synthesis of Macromonomer M-1-
Macromonomer M-1 was synthesized as follows.
190 parts by mass of toluene was added to a 1 L three-necked flask equipped with a reflux condenser and a gas introduction cock, and nitrogen gas was introduced at a flow rate of 200 mL / min for 10 minutes, followed by heating to 80 ° C. The liquid (the following prescription α) prepared in a separate container was dropped into a 1 L three-necked flask over 2 hours and stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. Thereafter, an additional 0.2 g of radical polymerization initiator V-601 (trade name, manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) was added and stirred at 95 ° C. for 2 hours. 0.025 parts by mass of 2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine-1-oxyl (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and glycidyl methacrylate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) were added to the solution kept at 95 ° C. after stirring. 13 parts by mass and 2.5 parts by mass of tetrabutylammonium bromide (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) were added and stirred at 120 ° C. for 3 hours. The resulting mixture was cooled to room temperature and then added to methanol for precipitation. The precipitate was collected by filtration, washed twice with methanol, and dissolved by adding 300 parts by mass of heptane. A portion of the resulting solution was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain a solution of macromonomer M-1 represented by the chemical formula described below. The weight average molecular weight was 16,000.
(処方α)
メタクリル酸ドデシル (和光純薬工業社製) 150質量部
メタクリル酸メチル(和光純薬工業社製) 59質量部
3-メルカプトプロピオン酸 (東京化成工業社製) 2質量部
V-601 (和光純薬工業社製) 2.0質量部
(Prescription α)
Dodecyl methacrylate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 150 parts by mass Methyl methacrylate (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 59 parts by mass 3-mercaptopropionic acid (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) 2 parts by mass V-601 (Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) 2.0 parts by mass)
-マクロモノマーM-2の合成-
マクロモノマーM-1の合成において、メタクリル酸ドデシルをメタクリル酸2―エチルヘキシルに変え、メタクリル酸メチルをメタクリル酸プロピルに変え、さらに重合開始剤V-601をジクミルパーオキシド(アルドリッチ社製)に変えた以外は同様にして、マクロモノマーM-2の溶液を得た。質量平均分子量は13,000であった。
-Synthesis of Macromonomer M-2-
In the synthesis of macromonomer M-1, dodecyl methacrylate was changed to 2-ethylhexyl methacrylate, methyl methacrylate was changed to propyl methacrylate, and polymerization initiator V-601 was changed to dicumyl peroxide (manufactured by Aldrich). Except for the above, a solution of macromonomer M-2 was obtained in the same manner. The weight average molecular weight was 13,000.
(バインダ粒子P-1の合成)
還流冷却管、ガス導入コックを付した1L三口フラスコに、マクロモノマーM-1を固形分量で30質量部、ヘプタンを160質量部加え、流速200mL/minにて窒素ガスを10分間導入した後に80℃に昇温した。これに、別容器にて調製した液(下記処方β)を2時間かけて滴下し、その後80℃で2時間攪拌した。その後、得られた混合物にV-601をさらに2.0g添加し、90℃で2時間攪拌した。バインダ粒子(アクリルラテックス)P-1の分散液を得た。バインダ粒子P-1を構成する重合体の質量平均分子量は77,000、平均粒径は180nm、分散液を乾固したバインダ粒子P-1のガラス転移温度は-55℃であった。
(Synthesis of binder particles P-1)
After adding 30 parts by mass of macromonomer M-1 and 160 parts by mass of heptane to a 1 L three-necked flask equipped with a reflux condenser and a gas introduction cock, nitrogen gas was introduced at a flow rate of 200 mL / min for 10 minutes and then 80 parts. The temperature was raised to ° C. A liquid prepared in a separate container (prescription β below) was added dropwise thereto over 2 hours, and then stirred at 80 ° C. for 2 hours. Thereafter, an additional 2.0 g of V-601 was added to the resulting mixture and stirred at 90 ° C. for 2 hours. A dispersion of binder particles (acrylic latex) P-1 was obtained. The polymer constituting the binder particle P-1 had a mass average molecular weight of 77,000, an average particle size of 180 nm, and the glass transition temperature of the binder particle P-1 obtained by drying the dispersion liquid was −55 ° C.
(処方β)
上記例示化合物C-16 64質量部
(ポリ(エチレングリコール)メチルエーテルメタクリレート(アルドリッチ社製))
上記例示化合物D-1 6質量部
(ジエチレングリコールジメタクリレート(東京化成社製))
V-601 2.6質量部
(Prescription β)
64 parts by mass of the exemplified compound C-16 (poly (ethylene glycol) methyl ether methacrylate (manufactured by Aldrich))
6 parts by mass of the exemplified compound D-1 (diethylene glycol dimethacrylate (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.))
V-601 2.6 parts by mass
以下に、バインダ粒子P-1を構成する重合体の化学式を示す。 The chemical formula of the polymer constituting the binder particle P-1 is shown below.
(バインダ粒子P-2~P-23の合成)
下記表1の組成に変えたこと以外は、バインダ粒子P-1と同様にして、バインダ粒子P-2~P-23の分散液を調製した。
(Synthesis of binder particles P-2 to P-23)
Dispersions of binder particles P-2 to P-23 were prepared in the same manner as binder particle P-1, except that the composition was changed to the composition shown in Table 1 below.
<表の注>
量:質量部
分子量:質量平均分子量
粒径:平均粒径(nm)
Tg:バインダ粒子を構成する重合体のガラス転移温度
M-3:マクロモノマーAB-6(商品名、東亜合成社製)
D-14:ポリブタジエン末端ジアクリレート、商品名BAC-45(大阪有機化学工業社製)
<Notes on the table>
Amount: part by mass molecular weight: mass average molecular weight particle size: average particle size (nm)
Tg: Glass transition temperature of polymer constituting binder particles M-3: Macromonomer AB-6 (trade name, manufactured by Toa Gosei Co., Ltd.)
D-14: Polybutadiene-terminated diacrylate, trade name BAC-45 (manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.)
(混合物ABP-1の調製)
還流冷却管、ガス導入コックを付した1L三口フラスコにヘプタンを160質量部加えた。1L三口フラスコに、バインダ粒子P-1の分散液を固形分が80質量部となるように加え、室温で1時間攪拌した。その後、添加剤A-2(ジグライム(アルドリッチ社製))をに11.8質量部と、金属の塩B-2(リチウムビスフルオロスルホニウムイミド(キシダ化学社製))8.2質量部を添加し、室温で2時間攪拌し、バインダ粒子と添加剤と金属の塩を含む混合物ABP-1の分散液を得た。得られた分散液を乾固した混合物ABP-1のガラス転移温度は-65℃であった。
(Preparation of mixture ABP-1)
160 parts by mass of heptane was added to a 1 L three-necked flask equipped with a reflux condenser and a gas introduction cock. A dispersion of binder particles P-1 was added to a 1 L three-neck flask so that the solid content was 80 parts by mass, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Thereafter, 11.8 parts by mass of Additive A-2 (Diglyme (Aldrich)) and 8.2 parts by mass of metal salt B-2 (lithium bisfluorosulfonium imide (Kishida Chemical Co., Ltd.)) The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours to obtain a dispersion of a mixture ABP-1 containing binder particles, an additive, and a metal salt. The glass transition temperature of the mixture ABP-1 obtained by drying the obtained dispersion was -65 ° C.
(混合物ABP-2~ABP-24-1、CP-1及びCP-2の調製)
下記表2の組成に変えたこと以外は、混合物ABP-1と同様にして、混合物ABP-2~ABP-24-1、CP-1及びCP-2の分散液を調製した。
(Preparation of mixtures ABP-2 to ABP-24-1, CP-1 and CP-2)
Dispersions of mixtures ABP-2 to ABP-24-1, CP-1 and CP-2 were prepared in the same manner as the mixture ABP-1, except that the composition was changed to the composition shown in Table 2 below.
<表の注>
量:質量部
Tg:混合物のガラス転移温度
PEO:ポリエチレンオキシド
EC:エチレンカーボネート
A-5:ポリエチレングリコール2000(和光純薬工業製)数平均分子量2,000
Mw/Mn=1~2
<Notes on the table>
Amount: part by mass Tg: glass transition temperature of the mixture PEO: polyethylene oxide EC: ethylene carbonate A-5: polyethylene glycol 2000 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries) Number average molecular weight 2,000
Mw / Mn = 1-2
(硫化物系無機固体電解質(Li-P-S系ガラス)の合成)
硫化物系無機固体電解質は、T.Ohtomo,A.Hayashi,M.Tatsumisago,Y.Tsuchida,S.Hama,K.Kawamoto,Journal of Power Sources,233,(2013),pp231-235及びA.Hayashi,S.Hama,H.Morimoto,M.Tatsumisago,T.Minami,Chem.Lett.,(2001),pp872-873の非特許文献を参考にして合成した。
(Synthesis of sulfide inorganic solid electrolyte (Li-PS glass))
Sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolytes are disclosed in T.W. Ohtomo, A .; Hayashi, M .; Tatsumisago, Y. et al. Tsuchida, S .; Hama, K .; Kawamoto, Journal of Power Sources, 233, (2013), pp231-235 and A.K. Hayashi, S .; Hama, H .; Morimoto, M .; Tatsumisago, T .; Minami, Chem. Lett. , (2001), pp 872-873.
具体的には、アルゴン雰囲気下(露点-70℃)のグローブボックス内で、硫化リチウム(Li2S、Aldrich社製、純度>99.98%)2.42g、五硫化二リン(P2S5、Aldrich社製、純度>99%)3.90gをそれぞれ秤量し、メノウ製乳鉢に投入し、メノウ製乳鉢を用いて、5分間混合した。なお、Li2S及びP2S5はモル比でLi2S:P2S5=75:25とした。
ジルコニア製45mL容器(フリッチュ社製)に、直径5mmのジルコニアビーズを66個投入し、上記硫化リチウムと五硫化二リンの混合物全量を投入し、アルゴン雰囲気下で容器を密閉した。フリッチュ社製遊星ボールミルP-7(商品名)に容器をセットし、温度25℃、回転数510rpmで20時間メカニカルミリングを行い、黄色粉体の硫化物系無機固体電解質(Li-P-S系ガラス)6.20gを得た。
Specifically, in a glove box under an argon atmosphere (dew point −70 ° C.), 2.42 g of lithium sulfide (Li 2 S, manufactured by Aldrich, purity> 99.98%), diphosphorus pentasulfide (P 2 S 5 , 3.90 g manufactured by Aldrich, purity> 99%) was weighed, put into an agate mortar, and mixed for 5 minutes using an agate mortar. Incidentally, Li 2 S and P 2 S 5 at a molar ratio of Li 2 S: P 2 S 5 = 75: was 25.
66 zirconia beads having a diameter of 5 mm were introduced into a 45 mL container (made by Fritsch) made of zirconia, the whole mixture of the above lithium sulfide and diphosphorus pentasulfide was introduced, and the container was sealed under an argon atmosphere. A container is set on a planetary ball mill P-7 (trade name) manufactured by Frichtu, and mechanical milling is performed at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a rotation speed of 510 rpm for 20 hours to obtain a yellow powder sulfide-based inorganic solid electrolyte (Li-PS system). 6.20 g of glass) was obtained.
<固体電解質組成物S-1の調製>
ジルコニア製45mL容器(フリッチュ社製)に、直径5mmのジルコニアビーズを180個投入し、上記で調製したLi-P-S系ガラスを4.85g、混合物の分散液ABP-1を固形分相当で0.15g、分散媒としてヘプタン8.0gを投入した。遊星ボールミルP-7に容器をセットし、温度25℃、回転数250rpmで60分間混合を続け、固体電解質組成物S-1を調製した。
<Preparation of solid electrolyte composition S-1>
A zirconia 45 mL container (manufactured by Fritsch) was charged with 180 pieces of zirconia beads having a diameter of 5 mm, 4.85 g of the Li—PS glass prepared above, and the dispersion ABP-1 of the mixture was equivalent to the solid content. 0.15 g and 8.0 g of heptane as a dispersion medium were added. A container was set in the planetary ball mill P-7, and mixing was continued for 60 minutes at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a rotation speed of 250 rpm to prepare a solid electrolyte composition S-1.
<固体電解質組成物S-2~24及びT-1~T-3の調製>
下記表3の組成に変えたこと以外は、固体電解質組成物S-1と同様にして、固体電解質組成物S-2~S-24-1及びT-1~T-3を調製した。
<Preparation of solid electrolyte compositions S-2 to 24 and T-1 to T-3>
Solid electrolyte compositions S-2 to S-24-1 and T-1 to T-3 were prepared in the same manner as the solid electrolyte composition S-1, except that the composition was changed to the composition shown in Table 3 below.
<表の注>
LPS:Li-P-S系ガラス
LLZ:Li7La3Zr2O12
<Notes on the table>
LPS: Li—PS system glass LLZ: Li 7 La 3 Zr 2 O 12
<正極シートの作製>
ジルコニア製45mL容器(フリッチュ社製)に、直径5mmのジルコニアビーズを180個投入し、上記で調製した固体電解質組成物を固形分相当で1.9g、分散媒総量としてヘプタン12.3gを投入した。活物質としてNMC(LiNi0.33Co0.33Mn0.33O2(アルドリッチ社製))8.0g、アセチレンブラック0.1gを容器に投入し、遊星ボールミルP-7に容器をセットし、温度25℃、回転数200rpmで30分間混合を続け、正極用組成物CE-1を調製した。
<Preparation of positive electrode sheet>
180 pieces of zirconia beads having a diameter of 5 mm were put into a 45 mL container (manufactured by Fritsch) made of zirconia, 1.9 g of the solid electrolyte composition prepared above was added in an amount corresponding to the solid content, and 12.3 g of heptane as a total amount of the dispersion medium. . NMC (LiNi 0.33 Co 0.33 Mn 0.33 O 2 (manufactured by Aldrich)) 8.0 g and acetylene black 0.1 g as an active material are put into a container, and the container is set in a planetary ball mill P-7. Then, mixing was continued for 30 minutes at a temperature of 25 ° C. and a rotational speed of 200 rpm to prepare a positive electrode composition CE-1.
上記で調製した正極用組成物CE-1を、集電体として厚み20μmのアルミ箔に、アプリケーター(商品名:SA-201ベーカー式アプリケータ、テスター産業社製)により塗布し、80℃で1時間加熱後、さらに110℃で1時間乾燥させた。その後、ヒートプレス機を用いて、加熱(120℃)しながら加圧し(20MPa、1分間)、正極活物質層/アルミニウム箔の積層構造を有する正極シートCE-1を作製した。 The positive electrode composition CE-1 prepared above was applied to an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm as a current collector using an applicator (trade name: SA-201 Baker type applicator, manufactured by Tester Sangyo Co., Ltd.), and 1 at 80 ° C. After heating for an hour, it was further dried at 110 ° C. for 1 hour. Then, using a heat press machine, it pressurized (20 Mpa, 1 minute), heating (120 degreeC), and produced the positive electrode sheet CE-1 which has a laminated structure of a positive electrode active material layer / aluminum foil.
正極用組成物の組成を後記表4の組成に変えたこと以外は、正極シートCE-1と同様にして正極シートCE-2~CE-24及びCC-1~CC-3を作製した。 Positive electrode sheets CE-2 to CE-24 and CC-1 to CC-3 were prepared in the same manner as the positive electrode sheet CE-1, except that the composition of the positive electrode composition was changed to the composition shown in Table 4 below.
<負極シートの作製>
正極用組成物CE-1に代えて、後記表4に記載の組成の負極用組成物を調製して用いたこと以外は、正極シートCE-1と同様にして負極シートAE-1~AE-4、CA-1及びCA-2を作製した。
なお、いずれも集電体としてステンレス箔を用いた。
<Preparation of negative electrode sheet>
Negative electrode sheets AE-1 to AE- were prepared in the same manner as the positive electrode sheet CE-1, except that a negative electrode composition having the composition shown in Table 4 below was prepared and used instead of the positive electrode composition CE-1. 4, CA-1 and CA-2 were prepared.
In all cases, stainless steel foil was used as a current collector.
<全固体二次電池用固体電解質シートの作製>
上記で調製した固体電解質組成物S-1を、支持体として用いる厚み20μmのアルミ箔上に、アプリケーター(商品名:SA-201ベーカー式アプリケータ、テスター産業社製)により塗布し、80℃で1時間加熱後、さらに110℃で1時間乾燥させ、固体電解質シートEE-1を作製した。
<Preparation of solid electrolyte sheet for all-solid-state secondary battery>
The solid electrolyte composition S-1 prepared above was applied onto an aluminum foil having a thickness of 20 μm used as a support by an applicator (trade name: SA-201 Baker type applicator, manufactured by Tester Sangyo Co., Ltd.), and at 80 ° C. After heating for 1 hour, it was further dried at 110 ° C. for 1 hour to produce a solid electrolyte sheet EE-1.
固体電解質組成物と導電助剤の組成を後記表4の組成に変えたこと以外は、全固体二次電池用固体電解質シートEE-1と同様にして全固体二次電池用固体電解質シートEE-2~EE-4を作製した。 Solid electrolyte sheet EE- for an all-solid-state secondary battery in the same manner as the solid electrolyte sheet EE-1 for an all-solid-state secondary battery, except that the composition of the solid electrolyte composition and the conductive additive is changed to the composition shown in Table 4 below. 2 to EE-4 were prepared.
正極シートCE-1~CE-24、負極シートAE-1~AE-4及び全固体二次電池用固体電解質シートEE-1~EE-4を1気圧200℃6時間加熱した後、上述の方法により、各シートが有する、固体電解質層、正極活物質層又は負極活物質層が添加剤を100ppm以上含有することを確認した。 The positive electrode sheets CE-1 to CE-24, the negative electrode sheets AE-1 to AE-4, and the solid electrolyte sheets EE-1 to EE-4 for all-solid-state secondary batteries are heated at 1 atm. Thus, it was confirmed that the solid electrolyte layer, the positive electrode active material layer, or the negative electrode active material layer included in each sheet contains 100 ppm or more of the additive.
<膜強度試験>
マンドレル試験機を用いた耐屈曲性試験(JIS K5600-5-1(1999)に準拠)を行った。各シートから、幅50mm、長さ100mmの短冊状の試験片を切り出した。固体電解質層面又は活物質層面をマンドレルとは逆側にセットし、直径32mmのマンドレルを用いて、屈曲させた後、固体電解質層面又は活物質層面を観察し、ヒビ及び割れの有無を観察した。ヒビ又は割れが発生しておらず、基材から固体電解質層面又は活物質層面が剥離していない場合、マンドレルの径(単位mm)を25、20、16、12、10、8、6、5、4、3、2と徐々に小さくしていき、ヒビ、割れ又は剥離が最初に発生したマンドレルの径を記録した。評価基準を以下に示す。ランクC以上が本試験の合格レベルである。
<Membrane strength test>
A bending resistance test (based on JIS K5600-5-1 (1999)) using a mandrel tester was performed. From each sheet, a strip-shaped test piece having a width of 50 mm and a length of 100 mm was cut out. The solid electrolyte layer surface or the active material layer surface was set on the side opposite to the mandrel, bent using a mandrel having a diameter of 32 mm, the solid electrolyte layer surface or the active material layer surface was observed, and the presence or absence of cracks and cracks was observed. When no cracks or cracks occur and the solid electrolyte layer surface or active material layer surface is not peeled off from the substrate, the diameter (unit: mm) of the mandrel is 25, 20, 16, 12, 10, 8, 6, 5, The diameter of the mandrel at which cracks, cracks or peeling occurred first was recorded. The evaluation criteria are shown below. Rank C or higher is the passing level of this test.
-評価基準-
A:マンドレルの径5mm以下
B:マンドレルの径6mm又は8mm
C:マンドレルの径10mm
D:マンドレルの径12mm又は16mm
E:マンドレルの径20mm又は25mm
F:マンドレルの径32mm
-Evaluation criteria-
A:
C:
D:
E: Mandrel diameter 20 mm or 25 mm
F: Mandrel diameter 32 mm
<表の注>
LCO:LiCoO2(アルドリッチ社製)
NMC:LiNi0.33Co0.33Mn0.33O2(アルドリッチ社製)
Si:ケイ素粉末
AB:アセチレンブラック(デンカブラック(商品名)、デンカ社製)
VGCF:気相成長炭素繊維(昭和電工社製)
<Notes on the table>
LCO: LiCoO 2 (manufactured by Aldrich)
NMC: LiNi 0.33 Co 0.33 Mn 0.33 O 2 (manufactured by Aldrich)
Si: Silicon powder AB: Acetylene black (Denka Black (trade name), manufactured by Denka)
VGCF: Vapor growth carbon fiber (Showa Denko)
表4から明らかなように、本発明の規定を満たさない正極シートCC-1~CC-3、負極シートCA-1及びCA-2はいずれも膜強度が劣った。これに対して、式(1)で表される添加剤と、式(2)で表される部分構造を有する重合体を含むバインダ粒子とを組み合わせて含有する本発明の固体電解質組成物から製造された、正極シート、負極シート及び全固体二次電池用固体電解質シートは膜強度が優れることが分かる(CE-1~CE-24、AE-1~AE-4及びEE-1~EE-4)。 As is apparent from Table 4, the positive electrode sheets CC-1 to CC-3 and the negative electrode sheets CA-1 and CA-2 that do not satisfy the provisions of the present invention all have inferior film strength. On the other hand, manufactured from the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention containing the additive represented by the formula (1) and the binder particles containing the polymer having the partial structure represented by the formula (2) in combination. The positive electrode sheet, the negative electrode sheet, and the solid electrolyte sheet for an all-solid-state secondary battery are found to have excellent film strength (CE-1 to CE-24, AE-1 to AE-4, and EE-1 to EE-4). ).
<全固体二次電池の製造>
上記で作製した負極シートAE-1を径10mmのマンドレルを用いた屈曲試験を3回行った後に、負極活物質層の上に、上記で調製した固体電解質組成物(S-1)を、アプリケーターにより塗布し、80℃で1時間加熱後、さらに110℃で6時間乾燥させた。負極活物質層上に固体電解質層を形成したシートをヒートプレス機を用いて、加熱(120℃)しながら加圧(30MPa、1分間)し、固体電解質層/負極活物質層/ステンレス箔の積層構造を有するシートを作製した。
<Manufacture of all-solid-state secondary batteries>
The negative electrode sheet AE-1 produced above was subjected to a bending test using a mandrel having a diameter of 10 mm three times, and then the solid electrolyte composition (S-1) prepared above was applied onto the negative electrode active material layer. After heating at 80 ° C. for 1 hour, it was further dried at 110 ° C. for 6 hours. The sheet having the solid electrolyte layer formed on the negative electrode active material layer was pressurized (30 MPa, 1 minute) while being heated (120 ° C.) using a heat press machine, and the solid electrolyte layer / negative electrode active material layer / stainless foil A sheet having a laminated structure was produced.
このシートを直径15mmの円板状に切り出した。他方、上記で作製した全固体二次電池用正極シートCE-1を径10mmのマンドレルを用いた屈曲試験を3回行った後に、直径13mmの円板状に切り出した。正極シートの正極活物質層と固体電解質層が向かい合うように配置した後に、ヒートプレス機を用いて、加熱(120℃)しながら加圧(40MPa、1分間)し、アルミ箔/正極活物質層/固体電解質層/負極活物質層/ステンレス箔の積層構造を有する全固体二次電池用積層体を作製した。 This sheet was cut into a disk shape having a diameter of 15 mm. On the other hand, the positive electrode sheet CE-1 for an all-solid-state secondary battery prepared above was subjected to a bending test using a mandrel having a diameter of 10 mm three times, and then cut into a disk shape having a diameter of 13 mm. After arranging the positive electrode active material layer of the positive electrode sheet and the solid electrolyte layer to face each other, using a heat press machine, pressurizing (40 MPa, 1 minute) while heating (120 ° C.), aluminum foil / positive electrode active material layer A laminate for an all-solid-state secondary battery having a laminated structure of / solid electrolyte layer / negative electrode active material layer / stainless foil was produced.
図2を参照して記載する。
このようにして作製した全固体二次電池用積層体12をスペーサーとワッシャー(図2において図示せず)を組み込んだステンレス製の2032型コインケース11に入れ、2032型コインケース11をかしめることで、No.101の全固体二次電池13を作製した。
下記表5の構成を採用したこと以外は、No.101の全固体二次電池と同様にして、表5に記載の全固体二次電池を作製した。
下記放電容量密度の測定及び抵抗の評価試験を行った後、全固体二次電池積層体をコインケースから取り出し、上述の方法により、No.101~123の全固体二次電池の各構成層が添加剤を100ppm以上含有することを確認した。
Please refer to FIG.
The all-solid-state
Except for employing the configuration shown in Table 5 below, In the same manner as the all-solid secondary battery 101, an all-solid secondary battery shown in Table 5 was produced.
After the following discharge capacity density measurement and resistance evaluation test were conducted, the all-solid-state secondary battery laminate was taken out from the coin case, and the above method was used for No. 4 It was confirmed that each constituent layer of the all-solid secondary batteries 101 to 123 contained 100 ppm or more of the additive.
[放電容量密度の測定]
上記で製造した全固体二次電池を、東洋システム社製の充放電評価装置「TOSCAT-3000」(商品名)により測定した。全固体二次電池を電池電圧が4.2Vになるまで電流値0.2mAで充電した後、電池電圧が3.0Vになるまで電流値0.2mAで放電した。この充放電を1サイクルとした。このサイクルを繰り返し、3サイクル目の放電容量を全固体二次電池の放電容量とした。この放電容量を、正極面積が100cm2の時に換算し、放電容量とした。なお、放電容量110mAh以上が本試験の合格レベルである。
[Measurement of discharge capacity density]
The all-solid secondary battery produced above was measured with a charge / discharge evaluation apparatus “TOSCAT-3000” (trade name) manufactured by Toyo System. The all solid state secondary battery was charged at a current value of 0.2 mA until the battery voltage reached 4.2 V, and then discharged at a current value of 0.2 mA until the battery voltage reached 3.0 V. This charging / discharging was made into 1 cycle. This cycle was repeated, and the discharge capacity at the third cycle was defined as the discharge capacity of the all-solid-state secondary battery. This discharge capacity was converted to the discharge capacity when the positive electrode area was 100 cm 2 . In addition, the discharge capacity of 110 mAh or more is a passing level of this test.
[抵抗の評価]
上記で製造した全固体二次電池を、東洋システム社製の充放電評価装置「TOSCAT-3000」(商品名)により測定した。全固体二次電池を電池電圧が4.2Vになるまで電流値0.2mAで充電した後、電池電圧が3.0Vになるまで電流値2.0mAで放電した。放電開始10秒後の電池電圧を以下の基準で読み取り、抵抗を評価した。電池電圧が高いほど低抵抗であることを示す。評価基準を以下に示す。ランクC以上が本試験の合格レベルである。
[Evaluation of resistance]
The all-solid secondary battery produced above was measured with a charge / discharge evaluation apparatus “TOSCAT-3000” (trade name) manufactured by Toyo System. The all solid state secondary battery was charged at a current value of 0.2 mA until the battery voltage reached 4.2 V, and then discharged at a current value of 2.0 mA until the battery voltage reached 3.0 V. The
-評価基準-
AA:4.15V以上
A :4.1V以上、4.15V未満
B :4.0V以上、4.1V未満
C :3.8V以上、4.0V未満
D :3.6V以上、3.8V未満
E :3.6V未満
-Evaluation criteria-
A: 4.15 V or more A: 4.1 V or more, less than 4.15 V B: 4.0 V or more, less than 4.1 V C: 3.8 V or more, less than 4.0 V D: 3.6 V or more, less than 3.8 V E: Less than 3.6V
表5から明らかなように、本発明の固体電解質組成物から製造された全固体二次電池用シートを有さない全固体二次電池は抵抗が大きく、電池電圧が劣ることが分かる(c01~c03)。これに対して、本発明の固体電解質組成物から製造された全固体二次電池用シートを有する全固体二次電池は抵抗が低く、電池電圧に優れることが分かる(101~123)。 As can be seen from Table 5, the all-solid-state secondary battery without the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet produced from the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention has high resistance and inferior battery voltage (c01- c03). In contrast, the all-solid-state secondary battery having the all-solid-state secondary battery sheet manufactured from the solid electrolyte composition of the present invention has low resistance and excellent battery voltage (101 to 123).
本発明をその実施態様とともに説明したが、我々は特に指定しない限り我々の発明を説明のどの細部においても限定しようとするものではなく、添付の請求の範囲に示した発明の精神と範囲に反することなく幅広く解釈されるべきであると考える。 While this invention has been described in conjunction with its embodiments, we do not intend to limit our invention in any detail of the description unless otherwise specified and are contrary to the spirit and scope of the invention as set forth in the appended claims. I think it should be interpreted widely.
本願は、2018年4月20日に日本国で特許出願された特願2018-081670に基づく優先権を主張するものであり、これはここに参照してその内容を本明細書の記載の一部として取り込む。 This application claims priority based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2018-081670 filed in Japan on April 20, 2018, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. Capture as part.
1 負極集電体
2 負極活物質層
3 固体電解質層
4 正極活物質層
5 正極集電体
6 作動部位
10 全固体二次電池
11 コインケース
12 全固体二次電池用積層体
13 全固体二次電池(コイン電池)
DESCRIPTION OF
Claims (16)
L1はアルキレン基又はアリーレン基を示す。Yは、アルキレン基、アリーレン基、-O-、-S-、-N(Rs)-、-P(=O)(ORt)-、-C(=O)-、-C(=S)-又は、-O-、-S-、-N(Rs)-、-P(=O)(ORt)-及びC(=O)-から選択される基の少なくとも2つが組み合わされた2価の連結基を示す。ここで、Rs及びRtは、水素原子、アルキル基又はアリール基である。nが2以上の整数のとき、-L1-Y-の繰り返し部分は互いに同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
L 1 represents an alkylene group or an arylene group. Y represents an alkylene group, an arylene group, —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P (═O) (ORt) —, —C (═O) —, —C (═S) —. Or a divalent linkage in which at least two groups selected from —O—, —S—, —N (Rs) —, —P (═O) (ORt) —, and C (═O) — are combined. Indicates a group. Here, Rs and Rt are a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or an aryl group. When n is an integer of 2 or more, the repeating parts of -L 1 -Y- may be the same as or different from each other.
[官能基群]
酸性官能基、塩基性官能基、ヒドロキシ基、シアノ基、アルコキシシリル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、3環以上が縮環した炭化水素環基。 The solid electrolyte composition according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the polymer has at least one functional group selected from the following functional group group.
[Functional group group]
An acidic functional group, a basic functional group, a hydroxy group, a cyano group, an alkoxysilyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, a hydrocarbon ring group in which three or more rings are condensed.
前記正極活物質層、前記固体電解質層及び前記負極活物質層の少なくとも1つの層が、請求項1~11のいずれか1項に記載の固体電解質組成物で構成した層である全固体二次電池。 An all solid state secondary battery comprising a positive electrode active material layer, a solid electrolyte layer, and a negative electrode active material layer in this order,
The all-solid secondary, wherein at least one of the positive electrode active material layer, the solid electrolyte layer, and the negative electrode active material layer is a layer composed of the solid electrolyte composition according to any one of claims 1 to 11. battery.
Priority Applications (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2020514452A JP6957742B2 (en) | 2018-04-20 | 2019-04-18 | A method for producing a solid electrolyte composition, a sheet for an all-solid secondary battery and an all-solid secondary battery, and a sheet for an all-solid secondary battery or an all-solid secondary battery. |
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| JP2018-081670 | 2018-04-20 | ||
| JP2018081670 | 2018-04-20 |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2019203333A1 true WO2019203333A1 (en) | 2019-10-24 |
Family
ID=68238951
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/JP2019/016722 Ceased WO2019203333A1 (en) | 2018-04-20 | 2019-04-18 | Solid electrolyte composition, sheet for all-solid secondary battery, all-solid secondary battery, and method of manufacturing sheet for all-solid secondary battery or all-solid secondary battery |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| JP (1) | JP6957742B2 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2019203333A1 (en) |
Cited By (6)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2020110994A1 (en) * | 2018-11-26 | 2020-06-04 | 株式会社大阪ソーダ | Composite solid electrolyte, and composite solid electrolyte secondary battery |
| CN113851712A (en) * | 2021-08-26 | 2021-12-28 | 合肥国轩高科动力能源有限公司 | High-voltage lithium ion battery electrolyte and lithium ion battery |
| CN116325200A (en) * | 2020-09-30 | 2023-06-23 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Composition containing inorganic solid electrolyte, sheet for all-solid secondary battery, all-solid secondary battery, sheet for all-solid secondary battery, and method for producing all-solid secondary battery |
| WO2024053734A1 (en) * | 2022-09-09 | 2024-03-14 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Polymer, friction reducer for lubricating oil, and lubricating oil composition |
| CN120423985A (en) * | 2025-07-02 | 2025-08-05 | 深圳市贝特瑞新能源技术研究院有限公司 | A multifunctional monomer and preparation method thereof, solid electrolyte, lithium ion battery and electrical equipment |
| CN120423985B (en) * | 2025-07-02 | 2025-12-16 | 深圳市贝特瑞新能源技术研究院有限公司 | Multifunctional monomer, preparation method thereof, solid electrolyte, lithium ion battery and electric equipment |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| KR20240169426A (en) * | 2023-05-24 | 2024-12-03 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Solid electrolyte membrane and all-solid rechargeable batteries |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2000182602A (en) * | 1998-12-14 | 2000-06-30 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Nonaqueous secondary battery |
| JP2015164125A (en) * | 2014-02-03 | 2015-09-10 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Solid electrolytic composition, battery electrode sheet and all-solid type secondary battery which are arranged by use thereof, and methods for manufacturing battery electrode sheet and all-solid type secondary battery |
| WO2015151525A1 (en) * | 2014-04-02 | 2015-10-08 | 日本ゼオン株式会社 | Binder composition for use in secondary battery electrode, slurry composition for use in secondary battery electrode, secondary battery electrode, and secondary battery |
| JP2015191865A (en) * | 2014-03-28 | 2015-11-02 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | All-solid type secondary battery, solid electrolytic composition used therefor, electrode sheet for batteries, and methods for manufacturing electrode sheet for batteries and all-solid type secondary battery |
-
2019
- 2019-04-18 WO PCT/JP2019/016722 patent/WO2019203333A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2019-04-18 JP JP2020514452A patent/JP6957742B2/en active Active
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| JP2000182602A (en) * | 1998-12-14 | 2000-06-30 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Nonaqueous secondary battery |
| JP2015164125A (en) * | 2014-02-03 | 2015-09-10 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | Solid electrolytic composition, battery electrode sheet and all-solid type secondary battery which are arranged by use thereof, and methods for manufacturing battery electrode sheet and all-solid type secondary battery |
| JP2015191865A (en) * | 2014-03-28 | 2015-11-02 | 富士フイルム株式会社 | All-solid type secondary battery, solid electrolytic composition used therefor, electrode sheet for batteries, and methods for manufacturing electrode sheet for batteries and all-solid type secondary battery |
| WO2015151525A1 (en) * | 2014-04-02 | 2015-10-08 | 日本ゼオン株式会社 | Binder composition for use in secondary battery electrode, slurry composition for use in secondary battery electrode, secondary battery electrode, and secondary battery |
Cited By (8)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2020110994A1 (en) * | 2018-11-26 | 2020-06-04 | 株式会社大阪ソーダ | Composite solid electrolyte, and composite solid electrolyte secondary battery |
| CN116325200A (en) * | 2020-09-30 | 2023-06-23 | 富士胶片株式会社 | Composition containing inorganic solid electrolyte, sheet for all-solid secondary battery, all-solid secondary battery, sheet for all-solid secondary battery, and method for producing all-solid secondary battery |
| CN113851712A (en) * | 2021-08-26 | 2021-12-28 | 合肥国轩高科动力能源有限公司 | High-voltage lithium ion battery electrolyte and lithium ion battery |
| WO2024053734A1 (en) * | 2022-09-09 | 2024-03-14 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Polymer, friction reducer for lubricating oil, and lubricating oil composition |
| JPWO2024053734A1 (en) * | 2022-09-09 | 2024-03-14 | ||
| JP7652345B2 (en) | 2022-09-09 | 2025-03-27 | 三菱ケミカル株式会社 | Polymer, friction reducer for lubricating oil, and lubricating oil composition |
| CN120423985A (en) * | 2025-07-02 | 2025-08-05 | 深圳市贝特瑞新能源技术研究院有限公司 | A multifunctional monomer and preparation method thereof, solid electrolyte, lithium ion battery and electrical equipment |
| CN120423985B (en) * | 2025-07-02 | 2025-12-16 | 深圳市贝特瑞新能源技术研究院有限公司 | Multifunctional monomer, preparation method thereof, solid electrolyte, lithium ion battery and electric equipment |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| JPWO2019203333A1 (en) | 2021-03-11 |
| JP6957742B2 (en) | 2021-11-02 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP7003152B2 (en) | A method for manufacturing a solid electrolyte composition, an all-solid secondary battery sheet, an all-solid secondary battery electrode sheet and an all-solid secondary battery, and an all-solid secondary battery sheet and an all-solid secondary battery. | |
| US20210336297A1 (en) | Method of manufacturing all-solid state secondary battery, electrode sheet for all-solid state secondary battery, and method of manufacturing electrode sheet for all-solid state secondary battery | |
| WO2016017758A1 (en) | All-solid secondary battery, solid electrolyte composition, battery electrode sheet using same, method for producing battery electrode sheet, and method for producing all-solid secondary battery | |
| JP6957742B2 (en) | A method for producing a solid electrolyte composition, a sheet for an all-solid secondary battery and an all-solid secondary battery, and a sheet for an all-solid secondary battery or an all-solid secondary battery. | |
| JP6868113B2 (en) | A method for producing a solid electrolyte composition, a solid electrolyte-containing sheet and an all-solid-state secondary battery, and a solid electrolyte-containing sheet and an all-solid-state secondary battery. | |
| WO2017154851A1 (en) | Solid electrolyte composition, solid electrolyte-containing sheet, all-solid-state secondary battery, method for producing solid electrolyte composition, method for producing solid electrolyte-containing sheet, and method for manufacturing all-solid-state secondary battery | |
| CN112042033B (en) | Solid electrolyte composition, all-solid-state secondary battery, sheet thereof, and electrode sheet thereof, and method for manufacturing the battery and sheet thereof | |
| US12057582B2 (en) | Electrode composition, electrode sheet for all-solid state secondary battery, all-solid state secondary battery, and respective methods of manufacturing electrode composition, electrode sheet for all-solid state secondary battery, and all-solid state secondary battery | |
| WO2016132872A1 (en) | Solid electrolyte composition, cell electrode sheet and all-solid-state secondary cell in which said solid electrolyte composition is used, and method for manufacturing cell electrode sheet and all-solid-state secondary cell | |
| WO2019098008A1 (en) | Solid electrolyte composition, all-solid-state secondary battery sheet, all-solid-state secondary battery electrode sheet, all-solid-state secondary battery, production method for all-solid-state secondary battery sheet, and production method for all-solid-state secondary battery | |
| WO2021193826A1 (en) | Inorganic-solid-electrolyte-containing composition, all-solid-state secondary battery sheet, all-solid-state secondary battery, and method for manufacturing all-solid-state secondary battery sheet and all solid-state secondary battery | |
| WO2020075749A1 (en) | Solid electrolyte composition, sheet for solid-state secondary battery, electrode sheet for solid-state secondary battery, and solid-state secondary battery | |
| WO2022071392A1 (en) | Inorganic solid electrolyte–containing composition, sheet for all-solid secondary battery, and all-solid secondary battery, and methods for manufacturing sheet for all-solid secondary battery and all-solid secondary battery | |
| WO2022085733A1 (en) | Electrode composition, electrode sheet for all-solid-state secondary batteries, all-solid-state secondary battery, method for producing electrode sheet for all-solid-state secondary batteries, and method for producing all-solid-state secondary battery | |
| JP6985515B2 (en) | A method for producing a solid electrolyte composition, a solid electrolyte-containing sheet, and an all-solid-state secondary battery, and a solid electrolyte-containing sheet and an all-solid-state secondary battery. | |
| JP6982682B2 (en) | A method for manufacturing a solid electrolyte composition, an all-solid-state secondary battery sheet, and an all-solid-state secondary battery, and an all-solid-state secondary battery sheet or an all-solid-state secondary battery. | |
| JP7263536B2 (en) | Inorganic solid electrolyte-containing composition, all-solid secondary battery sheet and all-solid secondary battery, and method for producing all-solid secondary battery sheet and all-solid secondary battery | |
| WO2022085637A1 (en) | Inorganic solid electrolyte-containing composition, sheet for all-solid secondary battery, all-solid secondary battery, and methods for producing sheet for all-solid secondary battery and all-solid secondary battery | |
| WO2021200497A1 (en) | Inorganic solid electrolyte-containing composition, sheet for all-solid-state secondary battery, all-solid-state secondary battery, method for producing sheet for all-solid-state secondary battery, and method for producing all-solid-state secondary battery | |
| JP7357144B2 (en) | Electrode composition, electrode sheet for all-solid-state secondary batteries, all-solid-state secondary batteries, and manufacturing method of electrode sheets for all-solid-state secondary batteries and all-solid-state secondary batteries | |
| WO2023282333A1 (en) | Electrode composition, electrode sheet for all-solid-state secondary batteries, all-solid-state secondary battery, method for producing electrode sheet for all-solid-state secondary batteries, and method for producing all-solid-state secondary battery | |
| WO2022059567A1 (en) | Inorganic solid electrolyte-containing composition, sheet for all-solid-state secondary batteries, all-solid-state secondary battery, method for producing sheet for all-solid-state secondary batteries, and method for producing all-solid-state secondary battery | |
| WO2022071124A1 (en) | Inorganic solid electrolyte-containing composition, sheet for all-solid-state secondary batteries, all-solid-state secondary battery, method for producing sheet for all-solid-state secondary batteries, and method for producing all-solid-state secondary battery | |
| JP7407286B2 (en) | Inorganic solid electrolyte-containing composition, all-solid-state secondary battery sheet and all-solid-state secondary battery, and manufacturing method of all-solid-state secondary battery sheet and all-solid-state secondary battery | |
| JP7791170B2 (en) | Inorganic solid electrolyte-containing composition, sheet for all-solid-state secondary battery, all-solid-state secondary battery, and method for manufacturing sheet for all-solid-state secondary battery and all-solid-state secondary battery |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19787988 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| ENP | Entry into the national phase |
Ref document number: 2020514452 Country of ref document: JP Kind code of ref document: A |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19787988 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |